This permission isn't currently available in other grant, making it impossible to use action=setpagelanguage via BotPasswords or OAuth. This commit adds 'pagelang' to the 'editpage' grant. Note that this doesn't automatically give any consumer with the 'editpage' grant the 'pagelang' right -- they must actually have such rights on the user account as well (for most wikis this is sysop, translationadmin). Bug: T368578 Bug: T365558 Change-Id: I7048c49dc0428016cd798622552c446bbb10d99f
8069 lines
386 KiB
YAML
8069 lines
386 KiB
YAML
# This file is automatically generated using maintenance/generateConfigSchema.php.
|
||
# Do not modify this file manually, edit includes/MainConfigSchema.php instead.
|
||
config-schema:
|
||
ConfigRegistry:
|
||
default:
|
||
main: 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
|
||
The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
|
||
callable.
|
||
@since 1.23
|
||
Sitename:
|
||
default: MediaWiki
|
||
description: 'Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php'
|
||
Server:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
URL of the server.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgServer = 'http://example.com';
|
||
```
|
||
This must be set in LocalSettings.php. The MediaWiki installer does this
|
||
automatically since 1.18.
|
||
If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
|
||
protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
|
||
to a fully qualified URL.
|
||
CanonicalServer:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
|
||
Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
|
||
Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
|
||
@since 1.18
|
||
ServerName:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
|
||
hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
|
||
@since 1.24
|
||
AssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts:
|
||
default: true
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy
|
||
exposes the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
|
||
@since 1.26
|
||
HttpsPort:
|
||
default: 443
|
||
description: |-
|
||
For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
|
||
supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
|
||
be a protocol-relative URL.
|
||
If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
|
||
@see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
|
||
@since 1.24
|
||
ForceHTTPS:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If this is true, when an insecure HTTP request is received, always redirect
|
||
to HTTPS. This overrides and disables the preferhttps user preference, and it
|
||
overrides $wgSecureLogin.
|
||
$wgServer may be either https or protocol-relative. If $wgServer starts with
|
||
"http://", an exception will be thrown.
|
||
If a reverse proxy or CDN is used to forward requests from HTTPS to HTTP,
|
||
the request header "X-Forwarded-Proto: https" should be sent to suppress
|
||
the redirect.
|
||
In addition to setting this to true, for optimal security, the web server
|
||
should also be configured to send Strict-Transport-Security response headers.
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
ScriptPath:
|
||
default: /wiki
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The path we should point to.
|
||
It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
|
||
This *needs* to be set correctly.
|
||
Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
|
||
set in LocalSettings.php
|
||
UsePathInfo:
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultUsePathInfo]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title.
|
||
The effective default value is determined at runtime:
|
||
it will be enabled in environments where it is expected to be safe.
|
||
Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
|
||
incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
|
||
The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
|
||
you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
|
||
redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
|
||
@since 1.2.1
|
||
default: null
|
||
Script:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [ScriptPath]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultScript]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The URL path to index.php.
|
||
Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
|
||
LoadScript:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [ScriptPath]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultLoadScript]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The URL path to load.php.
|
||
Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
|
||
@since 1.17
|
||
RestPath:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [ScriptPath]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultRestPath]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The URL path to the REST API.
|
||
Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/rest.php"
|
||
@since 1.34
|
||
StylePath:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [ResourceBasePath]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultStylePath]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The URL path of the skins directory.
|
||
Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
|
||
@since 1.3
|
||
LocalStylePath:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [ScriptPath]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultLocalStylePath]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
|
||
Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
|
||
@since 1.17
|
||
ExtensionAssetsPath:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [ResourceBasePath]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultExtensionAssetsPath]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The URL path of the extensions directory.
|
||
Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
|
||
@since 1.16
|
||
ExtensionDirectory:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Extensions directory in the file system.
|
||
@note Set to "{$IP}/extensions" by Setup.php before loading local settings.
|
||
@note this configuration variable is used to locate extensions while loading settings.
|
||
@since 1.25
|
||
StyleDirectory:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Skins directory in the file system.
|
||
@note Set to "{$IP}/skins" by Setup.php before loading local settings.
|
||
@note this configuration variable is used to locate skins while loading settings.
|
||
@since 1.3
|
||
BaseDirectory:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Absolute filesystem path of the root directory of the MediaWiki installation.
|
||
The MW_INSTALL_PATH environment variable can be used to set this.
|
||
@note Automatically set in Setup.php before loading local settings.
|
||
@note Do not modify in settings files! Must remain equal to the MW_INSTALL_PATH constant
|
||
defined in Setup.php.
|
||
@since 1.38
|
||
ArticlePath:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [Script, UsePathInfo]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultArticlePath]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
|
||
which is replaced by the article title.
|
||
Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
|
||
depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
|
||
UploadPath:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [ScriptPath]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultUploadPath]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The URL path for the images directory.
|
||
Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
|
||
ImgAuthPath:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The base path for img_auth.php. This is used to interpret the request URL
|
||
for requests to img_auth.php that do not match the base upload path. If
|
||
false, "{$wgScriptPath}/img_auth.php" is used.
|
||
Normally, requests to img_auth.php have a REQUEST_URI which matches
|
||
$wgUploadPath, and in that case, setting this should not be necessary.
|
||
This variable is used in case img_auth.php is accessed via a different path
|
||
than $wgUploadPath.
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
ThumbPath:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The base path for thumb_handler.php. This is used to interpret the request URL
|
||
for requests to thumb_handler.php that do not match the base upload path.
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
UploadDirectory:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [BaseDirectory]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultUploadDirectory]
|
||
description: 'The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".'
|
||
FileCacheDirectory:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [UploadDirectory]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultFileCacheDirectory]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Directory where the cached page will be saved.
|
||
Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
|
||
Logo:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [ResourceBasePath]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultLogo]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
|
||
Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/change-your-logo.svg".
|
||
Developers should retrieve this logo (and other variants) using
|
||
the static function MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\SkinModule::getAvailableLogos
|
||
Ignored if $wgLogos is set.
|
||
Logos:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- object
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Specification for different versions of the wiki logo.
|
||
This is an array which should have the following k/v pairs:
|
||
All path values can be either absolute or relative URIs
|
||
The `1x` key is a path to the 1x version of square logo (should be 135x135 pixels)
|
||
The `1.5x` key is a path to the 1.5x version of square logo
|
||
The `2x` key is a path to the 2x version of square logo
|
||
The `svg` key is a path to the svg version of square logo
|
||
The `icon` key is a path to the version of the logo without wordmark and tagline
|
||
The `wordmark` key may be null or an array with the following fields
|
||
- `src` path to wordmark version
|
||
- `1x` path to svg wordmark version (if you want to
|
||
support browsers with SVG support with an SVG logo)
|
||
- `width` width of the logo in pixels
|
||
- `height` height of the logo in pixels
|
||
The `tagline` key may be null or array with the following fields
|
||
- `src` path to tagline image
|
||
- `width` width of the tagline in pixels
|
||
- `height` height of the tagline in pixels
|
||
@par Example:
|
||
@code
|
||
$wgLogos = [
|
||
'1x' => 'path/to/1x_version.png',
|
||
'1.5x' => 'path/to/1.5x_version.png',
|
||
'2x' => 'path/to/2x_version.png',
|
||
'svg' => 'path/to/svg_version.svg',
|
||
'icon' => 'path/to/icon.png',
|
||
'wordmark' => [
|
||
'src' => 'path/to/wordmark_version.png',
|
||
'1x' => 'path/to/wordmark_version.svg',
|
||
'width' => 135,
|
||
'height' => 20,
|
||
],
|
||
'tagline' => [
|
||
'src' => 'path/to/tagline_version.png',
|
||
'width' => 135,
|
||
'height' => 15,
|
||
]
|
||
];
|
||
@endcode
|
||
Defaults to [ "1x" => $wgLogo ],
|
||
or [ "1x" => "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/change-your-logo.svg" ] if $wgLogo is not set.
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
Favicon:
|
||
default: /favicon.ico
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The URL path of the icon.
|
||
@since 1.6
|
||
AppleTouchIcon:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
|
||
Defaults to no icon.
|
||
@since 1.12
|
||
ReferrerPolicy:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- array
|
||
- string
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
|
||
One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
|
||
https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
|
||
('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
|
||
'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
|
||
'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
|
||
Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
|
||
(which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
|
||
or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
|
||
Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
|
||
each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
|
||
will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
|
||
understand it).
|
||
@since 1.25
|
||
TmpDirectory:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This must not be web-accessible.
|
||
When this setting is set to false, its value will automatically be decided
|
||
through the first call to wfTempDir(). See that method's implementation for
|
||
the actual detection logic.
|
||
To find the temporary path for the current wiki, developers must not use
|
||
this variable directly. Use the global function wfTempDir() instead.
|
||
The temporary directory is expected to be shared with other applications,
|
||
including other MediaWiki instances (which might not run the same version
|
||
or configuration). When storing files here, take care to avoid conflicts
|
||
with other instances of MediaWiki. For example, when caching the result
|
||
of a computation, the file name should incorporate the input of the
|
||
computation so that it cannot be confused for the result of a similar
|
||
computation by another MediaWiki instance.
|
||
@see \wfTempDir()
|
||
@note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
|
||
UploadBaseUrl:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
|
||
upload URL.
|
||
@since 1.4
|
||
UploadStashScalerBaseUrl:
|
||
default: false
|
||
deprecated: 'since 1.36 Use thumbProxyUrl in $wgLocalFileRepo'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
|
||
Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
|
||
where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
|
||
@deprecated since 1.36 Use thumbProxyUrl in $wgLocalFileRepo
|
||
If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl and thumbProxyUrl are both false, thumbs are
|
||
rendered locally as needed.
|
||
@since 1.17
|
||
ActionPaths:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
|
||
plain page views, add to this array.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
Set pretty URL for the edit action:
|
||
```
|
||
'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
|
||
```
|
||
There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these URLs.
|
||
@since 1.5
|
||
MainPageIsDomainRoot:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When enabled, the domain root will show the wiki's main page,
|
||
instead of redirecting to the main page.
|
||
@since 1.34
|
||
EnableUploads:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allow users to upload files.
|
||
Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
|
||
Disabled by default as for security reasons.
|
||
See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
|
||
@since 1.5
|
||
UploadStashMaxAge:
|
||
default: 21600
|
||
description: 'The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files'
|
||
EnableAsyncUploads:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
|
||
Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
|
||
'AssembleUploadChunks','PublishStashedFile' and 'UploadFromUrl' job types.
|
||
EnableAsyncUploadsByURL:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable the async processing of upload by url in Special:Upload.
|
||
Only works if EnableAsyncUploads is also enabled
|
||
UploadMaintenance:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'To disable file delete/restore temporarily'
|
||
IllegalFileChars:
|
||
default: ':\/\\'
|
||
deprecated: 'since 1.41; no longer customizable'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
|
||
uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
|
||
Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
|
||
completeness.
|
||
@deprecated since 1.41; no longer customizable
|
||
DeletedDirectory:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [UploadDirectory]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultDeletedDirectory]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
What directory to place deleted uploads in.
|
||
Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
|
||
ImgAuthDetails:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.'
|
||
ImgAuthUrlPathMap:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
|
||
For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
|
||
if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
|
||
The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
|
||
is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
|
||
Example:
|
||
$wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
|
||
The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
|
||
The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
|
||
@see self::FileBackends
|
||
LocalFileRepo:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- object
|
||
- boolean
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [UploadDirectory, ScriptPath, Favicon, UploadBaseUrl, UploadPath, HashedUploadDirectory, ThumbnailScriptPath, GenerateThumbnailOnParse, DeletedDirectory, UpdateCompatibleMetadata]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultLocalFileRepo]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
File repository structures
|
||
$wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
|
||
an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
|
||
array of properties configuring the repository.
|
||
Properties required for all repos:
|
||
- class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
|
||
The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
|
||
- name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
|
||
The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
|
||
Optional common properties:
|
||
- backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends). If not specified, or
|
||
if the name is not present in $wgFileBackends, an FSFileBackend
|
||
will automatically be configured.
|
||
- lockManager If a file backend is automatically configured, this will be lock
|
||
manager name used. A lock manager named in $wgLockManagers, or one of
|
||
the default lock managers "fsLockManager" or "nullLockManager". Default
|
||
"fsLockManager".
|
||
- favicon URL to a favicon. This is exposed via FileRepo::getInfo and
|
||
ApiQueryFileRepoInfo. Originally for use by MediaViewer (T77093).
|
||
For most core repos:
|
||
- zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
|
||
container : backend container name the zone is in
|
||
directory : root path within container for the zone
|
||
url : base URL to the root of the zone
|
||
urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
|
||
(useful for using a different cache for videos)
|
||
Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
|
||
and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
|
||
Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
|
||
- url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
|
||
- hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files.
|
||
Set this to 0 if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
|
||
directory into many subdirectories.
|
||
It is recommended to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
|
||
MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to
|
||
the wiki by copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
|
||
maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database.
|
||
This is no longer supported, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
|
||
Default: 2.
|
||
- deletedHashLevels
|
||
Optional 'hashLevels' override for the 'deleted' zone.
|
||
- thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
|
||
- transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
|
||
handler instead.
|
||
- thumbProxyUrl Optional. URL of where to proxy thumb.php requests to. This is
|
||
also used internally for remote thumbnailing of upload stash files.
|
||
Example: http://127.0.0.1:8888/wiki/dev/thumb/
|
||
- thumbProxySecret Optional value of the X-Swift-Secret header to use in requests to
|
||
thumbProxyUrl
|
||
- disableLocalTransform
|
||
If present and true, local image scaling will be disabled. If attempted,
|
||
it will show an error to the user and log an error message. To avoid an
|
||
error, thumbProxyUrl must be set, as well as either transformVia404
|
||
(preferred) or thumbScriptUrl.
|
||
- initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
|
||
determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
|
||
The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
|
||
when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
|
||
- pathDisclosureProtection
|
||
May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
|
||
leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
|
||
placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
|
||
- fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
|
||
is 0644.
|
||
- directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
|
||
some remote repos.
|
||
- thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
|
||
- thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
|
||
- isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
|
||
One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
|
||
the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
|
||
- useJsonMetadata Whether handler metadata should be stored in JSON format. Default: true.
|
||
- useSplitMetadata Whether handler metadata should be split up and stored in the text table.
|
||
Default: false.
|
||
- splitMetadataThreshold
|
||
If the media handler opts in, large metadata items will be split into a
|
||
separate blob in the database if the item is larger than this threshold.
|
||
Default: 1000
|
||
- updateCompatibleMetadata
|
||
When true, image metadata will be upgraded by reloading it from the original
|
||
file, if the handler indicates that it is out of date.
|
||
By default, when purging a file or otherwise refreshing file metadata, it
|
||
is only reloaded when the metadata is invalid. Valid data originally loaded
|
||
by a current or older compatible version is left unchanged. Enable this
|
||
to also reload and upgrade metadata that was stored by an older compatible
|
||
version. See also MediaHandler::isMetadataValid, and RefreshImageMetadata.
|
||
Default: false.
|
||
- reserializeMetadata
|
||
If true, image metadata will be automatically rewritten to the database
|
||
if its serialization format is out of date. Default: false
|
||
These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
|
||
for local repositories:
|
||
- descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
|
||
- scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
|
||
https://en.wikipedia.org/w
|
||
- articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
|
||
- fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
|
||
on the local wiki.
|
||
- abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
|
||
Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
|
||
ForeignDBRepo:
|
||
- dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
|
||
equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
|
||
- tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
|
||
- hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
|
||
and accessible from, this wiki.
|
||
ForeignAPIRepo:
|
||
- apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
|
||
- apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
|
||
If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
|
||
Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
|
||
If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
|
||
If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
|
||
be searched after the local file repo.
|
||
Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
|
||
@see \FileRepo::__construct for the default options.
|
||
@see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
|
||
ForeignFileRepos:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
|
||
If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
|
||
Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
|
||
and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
|
||
The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
|
||
is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
|
||
@since 1.11
|
||
@see self::LocalFileRepo
|
||
UseInstantCommons:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
|
||
This is a shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos
|
||
for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
|
||
default settings.
|
||
@since 1.16
|
||
UseSharedUploads:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
Uses the following variables:
|
||
- directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
|
||
- url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
|
||
- hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
|
||
- thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
|
||
- transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
|
||
- descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
|
||
- fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
|
||
If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
|
||
class, with also the following variables:
|
||
- dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
|
||
- dbType: $wgDBtype.
|
||
- dbServer: $wgDBserver.
|
||
- dbUser: $wgDBuser.
|
||
- dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
|
||
- dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
|
||
- tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
|
||
- hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
|
||
@since 1.3
|
||
SharedUploadDirectory:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
@since 1.3
|
||
SharedUploadPath:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
@since 1.3
|
||
HashedSharedUploadDirectory:
|
||
default: true
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
@since 1.3
|
||
RepositoryBaseUrl:
|
||
default: 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
@since 1.5
|
||
FetchCommonsDescriptions:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
@since 1.5
|
||
SharedUploadDBname:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- boolean
|
||
- string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
|
||
Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
@since 1.4
|
||
SharedUploadDBprefix:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
@since 1.5
|
||
CacheSharedUploads:
|
||
default: true
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
@since 1.5
|
||
ForeignUploadTargets:
|
||
default:
|
||
- local
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
|
||
are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
|
||
authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
|
||
The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
|
||
Example:
|
||
$wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
|
||
UploadDialog:
|
||
default:
|
||
fields: { description: true, date: false, categories: false }
|
||
licensemessages: { local: generic-local, foreign: generic-foreign }
|
||
comment: { local: '', foreign: '' }
|
||
format: { filepage: $DESCRIPTION, description: $TEXT, ownwork: '', license: '', uncategorized: '' }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
|
||
(https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
|
||
This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote
|
||
wikis using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
|
||
See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
|
||
FileBackends:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
File backend structure configuration.
|
||
This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
|
||
Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
|
||
- name : A unique name for the backend
|
||
- class : The file backend class to use
|
||
- wikiId : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
|
||
- lockManager : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers) [optional]
|
||
See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
|
||
Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
|
||
These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
|
||
FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
|
||
can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
|
||
another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
|
||
configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
|
||
There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
|
||
- a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
|
||
By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
|
||
which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
|
||
Setting 'domainId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
|
||
all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
|
||
multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
|
||
part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
|
||
- b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
|
||
wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
|
||
if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
|
||
One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
|
||
any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
|
||
different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
|
||
a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
|
||
would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
|
||
LockManagers:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of lock manager backend configurations.
|
||
Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
|
||
- name : A unique name for the lock manager
|
||
- class : The lock manager class to use
|
||
See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
|
||
Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
|
||
These settings should be global to all wikis.
|
||
ShowEXIF:
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultShowEXIF]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to show Exif data.
|
||
The effective default value is determined at runtime:
|
||
enabled if PHP's EXIF extension module is loaded.
|
||
Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
|
||
@note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
|
||
To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
|
||
extensions" section of php.ini:
|
||
```{.ini}
|
||
extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
|
||
```
|
||
default: null
|
||
UpdateCompatibleMetadata:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Shortcut for the ''updateCompatibleMetadata'' setting of $wgLocalFileRepo.'
|
||
AllowCopyUploads:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
|
||
The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
|
||
You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
|
||
CopyUploadsDomains:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
A list of domains copy uploads can come from
|
||
@since 1.20
|
||
CopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
|
||
true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
|
||
able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
|
||
CopyUploadProxy:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
|
||
@since 1.20
|
||
CopyUploadTimeout:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- boolean
|
||
- integer
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Different timeout for upload by url
|
||
This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
|
||
timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
|
||
to default.
|
||
@since 1.22
|
||
CopyUploadAllowOnWikiDomainConfig:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If true, the value of $wgCopyUploadsDomains will be merged with the
|
||
contents of MediaWiki:Copyupload-allowed-domains.
|
||
@since 1.39
|
||
MaxUploadSize:
|
||
default: 104857600
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Max size for uploads, in bytes.
|
||
If not set to an array, applies to all uploads. If set to an array, per upload
|
||
type maximums can be set, using the file and url keys. If the `*` key is set
|
||
this value will be used as maximum for non-specified types.
|
||
The below example would set the maximum for all uploads to 250 KiB except,
|
||
for upload-by-url, which would have a maximum of 500 KiB.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgMaxUploadSize = [
|
||
'*' => 250 * 1024,
|
||
'url' => 500 * 1024,
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
Default: 100 MiB.
|
||
MinUploadChunkSize:
|
||
default: 1024
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes.
|
||
When using chunked upload, non-final chunks smaller than this will be rejected.
|
||
Note that this may be further reduced by the `upload_max_filesize` and
|
||
`post_max_size` PHP settings. Use ApiUpload::getMinUploadChunkSize to
|
||
get the effective minimum chunk size used by MediaWiki.
|
||
Default: 1 KiB.
|
||
@since 1.26
|
||
@see \ApiUpload::getMinUploadChunkSize
|
||
UploadNavigationUrl:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
|
||
Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
|
||
without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
|
||
```
|
||
UploadMissingFileUrl:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
|
||
$wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
|
||
appended to it as appropriate.
|
||
ThumbnailScriptPath:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
|
||
request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
|
||
This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
|
||
access to the thumbnail path.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
|
||
```
|
||
SharedThumbnailScriptPath:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
@since 1.3
|
||
HashedUploadDirectory:
|
||
default: true
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortcut for setting `hashLevels=2` in $wgLocalFileRepo.
|
||
@note Only used if $wgLocalFileRepo is not set.
|
||
FileExtensions:
|
||
default:
|
||
- png
|
||
- gif
|
||
- jpg
|
||
- jpeg
|
||
- webp
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
|
||
with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
|
||
@warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
|
||
such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
|
||
your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
|
||
ProhibitedFileExtensions:
|
||
default:
|
||
- html
|
||
- htm
|
||
- js
|
||
- jsb
|
||
- mhtml
|
||
- mht
|
||
- xhtml
|
||
- xht
|
||
- php
|
||
- phtml
|
||
- php3
|
||
- php4
|
||
- php5
|
||
- phps
|
||
- phar
|
||
- shtml
|
||
- jhtml
|
||
- pl
|
||
- py
|
||
- cgi
|
||
- exe
|
||
- scr
|
||
- dll
|
||
- msi
|
||
- vbs
|
||
- bat
|
||
- com
|
||
- pif
|
||
- cmd
|
||
- vxd
|
||
- cpl
|
||
- xml
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
|
||
An array of file extensions to prevent being uploaded. You should
|
||
append to this array if you want to prevent additional file extensions.
|
||
@since 1.37; previously $wgFileBlacklist
|
||
MimeTypeExclusions:
|
||
default:
|
||
- text/html
|
||
- application/javascript
|
||
- text/javascript
|
||
- text/x-javascript
|
||
- application/x-shellscript
|
||
- application/x-php
|
||
- text/x-php
|
||
- text/x-python
|
||
- text/x-perl
|
||
- text/x-bash
|
||
- text/x-sh
|
||
- text/x-csh
|
||
- text/scriptlet
|
||
- application/x-msdownload
|
||
- application/x-msmetafile
|
||
- application/java
|
||
- application/xml
|
||
- text/xml
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
|
||
if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
|
||
@since 1.37; previously $wgMimeTypeBlacklist
|
||
CheckFileExtensions:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
|
||
@warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
|
||
StrictFileExtensions:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
|
||
by $wgFileExtensions.
|
||
@warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
|
||
DisableUploadScriptChecks:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
|
||
@warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
|
||
UploadSizeWarning:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable'
|
||
TrustedMediaFormats:
|
||
default:
|
||
- BITMAP
|
||
- AUDIO
|
||
- VIDEO
|
||
- image/svg+xml
|
||
- application/pdf
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
|
||
Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
|
||
This list is used by File::isSafeFile
|
||
Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
|
||
displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
|
||
to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
|
||
[[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
|
||
MediaHandlers:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Plugins for media file type handling.
|
||
Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
|
||
Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
|
||
and extensions should use extension.json.
|
||
NativeImageLazyLoading:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Toggles native image lazy loading, via the "loading" attribute.
|
||
@unstable EXPERIMENTAL
|
||
@since 1.34
|
||
ParserTestMediaHandlers:
|
||
default:
|
||
image/jpeg: MockBitmapHandler
|
||
image/png: MockBitmapHandler
|
||
image/gif: MockBitmapHandler
|
||
image/tiff: MockBitmapHandler
|
||
image/webp: MockBitmapHandler
|
||
image/x-ms-bmp: MockBitmapHandler
|
||
image/x-bmp: MockBitmapHandler
|
||
image/x-xcf: MockBitmapHandler
|
||
image/svg+xml: MockSvgHandler
|
||
image/vnd.djvu: MockDjVuHandler
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
|
||
thumbnails, so a mock will do)
|
||
UseImageResize:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
|
||
always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
|
||
height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
|
||
UseImageMagick:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
|
||
ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
|
||
These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
|
||
GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
|
||
Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
|
||
ImageMagickConvertCommand:
|
||
default: /usr/bin/convert
|
||
description: 'The convert command shipped with ImageMagick'
|
||
MaxInterlacingAreas:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
SharpenParameter:
|
||
default: 0x0.4
|
||
description: 'Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick'
|
||
SharpenReductionThreshold:
|
||
default: 0.85
|
||
description: 'Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled'
|
||
ImageMagickTempDir:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
|
||
this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
|
||
CustomConvertCommand:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
|
||
%s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
|
||
%w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
|
||
**Example for GraphicMagick:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
|
||
```
|
||
Leave as false to skip this.
|
||
JpegTran:
|
||
default: /usr/bin/jpegtran
|
||
description: |-
|
||
used for lossless jpeg rotation
|
||
@since 1.21
|
||
JpegPixelFormat:
|
||
default: yuv420
|
||
description: |-
|
||
At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
|
||
subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
|
||
at sharp edges.
|
||
See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
|
||
Supported values:
|
||
false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
|
||
'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
|
||
'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
|
||
'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
|
||
This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
|
||
others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
|
||
sampling in the thumbnail.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
JpegQuality:
|
||
default: 80
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
|
||
from the backend. It should be an integer between 1 and 100,
|
||
with 100 indicating 100% quality.
|
||
@since 1.32
|
||
Exiv2Command:
|
||
default: /usr/bin/exiv2
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
|
||
image formats.
|
||
Exiftool:
|
||
default: /usr/bin/exiftool
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
|
||
@since 1.26
|
||
SVGConverters:
|
||
default:
|
||
ImageMagick: '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output'
|
||
sodipodi: '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output'
|
||
inkscape: '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output'
|
||
batik: 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d $output $input'
|
||
rsvg: '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input'
|
||
imgserv: '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output'
|
||
ImagickExt: ['SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt']
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
|
||
Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
|
||
necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
|
||
An external program is required to perform this conversion.
|
||
If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
|
||
are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
|
||
SVGConverter:
|
||
default: ImageMagick
|
||
description: 'Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters'
|
||
SVGConverterPath:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: 'If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.'
|
||
SVGMaxSize:
|
||
default: 5120
|
||
description: 'Don''t scale a SVG larger than this'
|
||
SVGMetadataCutoff:
|
||
default: 5242880
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
|
||
Default is 5 MiB
|
||
SVGNativeRendering:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether native rendering by the browser agent is allowed
|
||
Default is false. Setting it to true disables all SVG conversion.
|
||
Setting to the string 'partial' will only allow native rendering
|
||
when the filesize is below SVGNativeRenderingSizeLimit and if the
|
||
file contains at most 1 language.
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
SVGNativeRenderingSizeLimit:
|
||
default: 51200
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Filesize limit for allowing SVGs to render natively by the browser agent
|
||
Default is 50kB.
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
MediaInTargetLanguage:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
|
||
page language), if available.
|
||
Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
|
||
to specify text language.
|
||
@since 1.33
|
||
MaxImageArea:
|
||
default: 12500000
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- integer
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
|
||
down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
|
||
and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
|
||
This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
|
||
image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
|
||
built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
|
||
JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
|
||
If set to false, MediaWiki will not check the size of the image before
|
||
attempting to scale it. Extensions may still override this setting by
|
||
using the BitmapHandlerCheckImageArea hook.
|
||
The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
|
||
12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
|
||
MaxAnimatedGifArea:
|
||
default: 12500000
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
|
||
frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
|
||
is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
|
||
It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
|
||
TiffThumbnailType:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
mergeStrategy: replace
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
|
||
For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
|
||
Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
// PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
|
||
$wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
|
||
// JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
|
||
$wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
|
||
```
|
||
ThumbnailEpoch:
|
||
default: '20030516000000'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
|
||
will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
|
||
Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
|
||
to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
|
||
AttemptFailureEpoch:
|
||
default: 1
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
|
||
for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
|
||
memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
|
||
This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
|
||
IgnoreImageErrors:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
|
||
output instead of showing an error message.
|
||
This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
|
||
is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
|
||
On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
|
||
Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
|
||
are logged to a file for review.
|
||
GenerateThumbnailOnParse:
|
||
default: true
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Render thumbnails while parsing wikitext.
|
||
If set to false, then the Parser will output valid thumbnail URLs without
|
||
generating or storing the thumbnail files. This can significantly speed up
|
||
processing on the web server. The site admin needs to configure a 404 handler
|
||
in order for the URLs in question to regenerate the thumbnails in question
|
||
on-demand. This can enable concurrency and also save computing resources
|
||
as not every resolution of every image on every page is accessed between
|
||
re-parses of the article. For example, re-parses triggered by bot edits,
|
||
or cascading updates from template edits.
|
||
If you use $wgLocalFileRepo, then you will also need to set the following:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgLocalFileRepo['transformVia404'] = true;
|
||
```
|
||
@since 1.7.0
|
||
ShowArchiveThumbnails:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page'
|
||
EnableAutoRotation:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- boolean
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
|
||
be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
|
||
is available that can rotate.
|
||
Antivirus:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
|
||
$wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
|
||
null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
|
||
AntivirusSetup:
|
||
default:
|
||
clamav: { command: 'clamscan --no-summary ', codemap: { 0: 0, 1: 1, 52: -1, '*': false }, messagepattern: '/.*?:(.*)/sim' }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
|
||
associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
|
||
The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
|
||
valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
|
||
The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
|
||
"command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
|
||
"command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
|
||
replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
|
||
will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
|
||
scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
|
||
$wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
|
||
path.
|
||
"codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
|
||
function in SpecialUpload.
|
||
- An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
|
||
the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
|
||
is not set.
|
||
- An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
|
||
the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
|
||
viruses. This causes the file to pass.
|
||
- An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
|
||
no virus was found.
|
||
- All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
|
||
a virus.
|
||
- You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
|
||
"messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
|
||
output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
|
||
If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
|
||
AntivirusRequired:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.'
|
||
VerifyMimeType:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked'
|
||
MimeTypeFile:
|
||
default: internal
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
|
||
When this is set to the path of a mime.types file, MediaWiki will use this
|
||
file to map MIME types to file extensions and vice versa, in lieu of its
|
||
internal MIME map. Note that some MIME mappings are considered "baked in"
|
||
and cannot be overridden. See includes/libs/mime/MimeMapMinimal.php for a
|
||
full list.
|
||
example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
|
||
MimeInfoFile:
|
||
default: internal
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
|
||
Set to null to use the minimum set of built-in defaults only.
|
||
MimeDetectorCommand:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
|
||
the MIME type to standard output.
|
||
The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
|
||
If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
#$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; // use external MIME detector (Linux)
|
||
```
|
||
TrivialMimeDetection:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
|
||
things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
|
||
can be trusted.
|
||
XMLMimeTypes:
|
||
default:
|
||
'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg': image/svg+xml
|
||
svg: image/svg+xml
|
||
'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram': application/x-dia-diagram
|
||
'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html': text/html
|
||
html: text/html
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
|
||
array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
|
||
ImageLimits:
|
||
default:
|
||
- [320, 240]
|
||
- [640, 480]
|
||
- [800, 600]
|
||
- [1024, 768]
|
||
- [1280, 1024]
|
||
- [2560, 2048]
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit.
|
||
In order to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from this list.
|
||
The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
|
||
the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
|
||
change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
|
||
This list is also used by ImagePage for alternate size links.
|
||
ThumbLimits:
|
||
default:
|
||
- 120
|
||
- 150
|
||
- 180
|
||
- 200
|
||
- 250
|
||
- 300
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
|
||
reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
|
||
list of settings the user can choose from:
|
||
ThumbnailNamespaces:
|
||
default:
|
||
- 6
|
||
type: array
|
||
items:
|
||
type: integer
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Defines what namespaces thumbnails will be displayed for in Special:Search.
|
||
This is the list of namespaces for which thumbnails (or a placeholder in
|
||
the absence of a thumbnail) will be shown:
|
||
ThumbnailBuckets:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- array
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
|
||
The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
|
||
always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
|
||
The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
|
||
when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
|
||
supports it.
|
||
ThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance:
|
||
default: 50
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
|
||
above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
|
||
needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
|
||
following buckets:
|
||
$wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
|
||
and a distance of 50:
|
||
$wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
|
||
If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
|
||
because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
|
||
UploadThumbnailRenderMap:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
|
||
prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand,
|
||
which has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
|
||
This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
|
||
@since 1.25
|
||
UploadThumbnailRenderMethod:
|
||
default: jobqueue
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
|
||
$wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
|
||
The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
|
||
thumbnail's URL.
|
||
This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The
|
||
latter option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
|
||
@since 1.25
|
||
UploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When using the "http" $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP
|
||
header.
|
||
@since 1.25
|
||
UploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When using the "http" $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to
|
||
send the HTTP request to.
|
||
@since 1.25
|
||
UseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more
|
||
lightweight
|
||
(and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
|
||
@since 1.26
|
||
GalleryOptions:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
|
||
Fields are:
|
||
- imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
|
||
- imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
|
||
- imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
|
||
- captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
|
||
A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
|
||
and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
|
||
@deprecated since 1.28
|
||
- showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
|
||
- showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
|
||
- mode: Gallery mode
|
||
ThumbUpright:
|
||
default: 0.75
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
|
||
This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
|
||
by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
|
||
DirectoryMode:
|
||
default: 511
|
||
description: 'Default value for chmod-ing of new directories.'
|
||
ResponsiveImages:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
|
||
This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
|
||
thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
|
||
ImagePreconnect:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Add a preconnect link for browsers to a remote FileRepo host.
|
||
This is an optional performance enhancement designed for wiki farm where
|
||
$wgForeignFileRepos or $wgLocalFileRepo is set to serve thumbnails from a
|
||
separate hostname (e.g. not local `/w/images`). The feature expects at most
|
||
a single remote hostname to be used.
|
||
If multiple foreign repos are registered that serve images from different hostnames,
|
||
only the first will be preconnected.
|
||
This may cause unneeded HTTP connections in browsers on wikis where a foreign repo is
|
||
enabled but where a local repo is more commonly used.
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
DjvuUseBoxedCommand:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to use BoxedCommand or not.
|
||
@unstable Temporary feature flag for T352515
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
DjvuDump:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Path of the djvudump executable
|
||
Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
|
||
example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
|
||
If this is set, {@link self::ShellboxShell} must be set to the correct
|
||
shell path.
|
||
DjvuRenderer:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
|
||
Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
|
||
example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
|
||
DjvuTxt:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
|
||
Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
|
||
example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
|
||
If this is set, {@link self::ShellboxShell} must be set to the correct
|
||
shell path.
|
||
DjvuPostProcessor:
|
||
default: pnmtojpeg
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shell command for the DJVU post processor
|
||
Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
|
||
Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
|
||
DjvuOutputExtension:
|
||
default: jpg
|
||
description: 'File extension for the DJVU post processor output'
|
||
EmergencyContact:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Site admin email address.
|
||
Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
|
||
PasswordSender:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
|
||
The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
|
||
as well as other e-mail notifications.
|
||
Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
|
||
NoReplyAddress:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
|
||
Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
|
||
EnableEmail:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
|
||
Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
|
||
server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
|
||
EnableUserEmail:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
|
||
This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
|
||
EnableSpecialMute:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set to true to enable the Special Mute page. This allows users
|
||
to mute unwanted communications from other users, and is linked
|
||
to from emails originating from Special:Email.
|
||
@since 1.34
|
||
EnableUserEmailMuteList:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail mutelist.
|
||
@since 1.37; previously $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist
|
||
UserEmailUseReplyTo:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
|
||
instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
|
||
Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
|
||
which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
|
||
when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
|
||
can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
|
||
PasswordReminderResendTime:
|
||
default: 24
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
|
||
emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
|
||
NewPasswordExpiry:
|
||
default: 604800
|
||
description: 'The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.'
|
||
UserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry:
|
||
default: 604800
|
||
description: 'The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires'
|
||
PasswordExpirationDays:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
|
||
user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
|
||
PasswordExpireGrace:
|
||
default: 604800
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
|
||
and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
|
||
SMTP:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- boolean
|
||
- object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
SMTP Mode.
|
||
For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
|
||
Default to false or fill an array :
|
||
```
|
||
$wgSMTP = [
|
||
'host' => 'SMTP domain',
|
||
'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
|
||
'port' => '25',
|
||
'auth' => [true|false],
|
||
'username' => [SMTP username],
|
||
'password' => [SMTP password],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
AdditionalMailParams:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: 'Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.'
|
||
AllowHTMLEmail:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
|
||
both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
|
||
EnotifFromEditor:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
|
||
This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
|
||
If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
|
||
will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
|
||
If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
|
||
EmailAuthentication:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
|
||
This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
|
||
spam relay.
|
||
EnotifWatchlist:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.'
|
||
EnotifUserTalk:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
|
||
user talk page.
|
||
The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
|
||
preference set to true.
|
||
EnotifRevealEditorAddress:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
|
||
Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
|
||
opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
|
||
'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
|
||
notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
|
||
To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
|
||
If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
|
||
EnotifMinorEdits:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
|
||
by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
|
||
If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
|
||
trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
|
||
Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
|
||
false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
|
||
User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
|
||
$wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
|
||
EnotifImpersonal:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
|
||
always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
|
||
For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
|
||
Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
|
||
EnotifMaxRecips:
|
||
default: 500
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
|
||
match the limit on your mail server.
|
||
EnotifUseRealName:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.'
|
||
UsersNotifiedOnAllChanges:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
|
||
which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
|
||
DBname:
|
||
default: my_wiki
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Current wiki database name
|
||
This should only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters ([A-Za-z0-9_]+).
|
||
Spaces, quotes, backticks, dots, and hyphens are likely to be problematic.
|
||
This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain).
|
||
This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured.
|
||
DBmwschema:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Current wiki database schema name
|
||
This should only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters ([A-Za-z0-9_]+).
|
||
Spaces, quotes, backticks, dots, and hyphens are likely to be problematic.
|
||
This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain).
|
||
This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured.
|
||
DBprefix:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Current wiki database table name prefix
|
||
This should only contain alphanumeric and underscore characters ([A-Za-z0-9_]+).
|
||
If it's a non-empty string, then it preferably should end with an underscore.
|
||
Spaces, quotes, backticks, dots, and hyphens are especially likely to be problematic.
|
||
This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain).
|
||
This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured.
|
||
DBserver:
|
||
default: localhost
|
||
description: 'Database host name or IP address'
|
||
DBport:
|
||
default: 5432
|
||
description: 'Database port number'
|
||
DBuser:
|
||
default: wikiuser
|
||
description: 'Database username'
|
||
DBpassword:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: 'Database user''s password'
|
||
DBtype:
|
||
default: mysql
|
||
description: 'Database type'
|
||
DBssl:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
|
||
This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
|
||
'\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
|
||
the 'ssl' parameter of the server array must be set to achieve the same functionality.
|
||
DBcompress:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to use compression in DB connection.
|
||
This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
|
||
'\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
|
||
the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
|
||
connection to achieve the same functionality.
|
||
DBStrictWarnings:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Check for warnings after DB queries and throw an exception if an
|
||
unacceptable warning is detected.
|
||
This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
|
||
'\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array.
|
||
Otherwise, the 'strictWarnings' parameter of the server array must be set
|
||
to achieve the same functionality.
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
DBadminuser:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: 'Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.'
|
||
DBadminpassword:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: 'Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.'
|
||
SearchType:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Search type.
|
||
Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
|
||
selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
|
||
name to override to a custom search engine.
|
||
If the canonical name for the search engine doesn't match the class name
|
||
(because it's namespaced for example), you can add a mapping for this in
|
||
SearchMappings in extension.json.
|
||
SearchTypeAlternatives:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Alternative search types
|
||
Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
|
||
allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
|
||
to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
|
||
need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
|
||
If the canonical name for the search engine doesn't match the class name
|
||
(because it's namespaced for example), you can add a mapping for this in
|
||
SearchMappings in extension.json.
|
||
DBTableOptions:
|
||
default: 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary'
|
||
description: 'MySQL table options to use during installation or update'
|
||
SQLMode:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: |-
|
||
SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
|
||
null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
|
||
DBA has done his best job.
|
||
String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
|
||
DBDefaultGroup:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Default group to use when getting database connections.
|
||
Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
|
||
@since 1.32
|
||
SQLiteDataDir:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: 'To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)'
|
||
SharedDB:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
|
||
for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
|
||
main database.
|
||
For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
|
||
prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
|
||
The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
|
||
preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
|
||
$wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
|
||
database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
|
||
MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
|
||
$wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
|
||
$wgDBprefix.
|
||
$wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
|
||
$wgDBmwschema.
|
||
SharedPrefix:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [DBprefix]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultSharedPrefix]
|
||
description: '@see self::SharedDB'
|
||
SharedTables:
|
||
default:
|
||
- user
|
||
- user_properties
|
||
- user_autocreate_serial
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
@see self::SharedDB
|
||
The installer will add 'actor' to this list for all new wikis.
|
||
SharedSchema:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [DBmwschema]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultSharedSchema]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
@see self::SharedDB
|
||
@since 1.23
|
||
DBservers:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- boolean
|
||
- array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Database load balancer
|
||
This is a two-dimensional array, a list of server info structures
|
||
Fields are:
|
||
- host: Host name
|
||
- dbname: Default database name
|
||
- user: DB user
|
||
- password: DB password
|
||
- type: DB type
|
||
- driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
|
||
- load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
|
||
If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
|
||
sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
|
||
The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
|
||
- groupLoads: (optional) Array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query
|
||
may belong to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
|
||
- flags: (optional) Bit field of properties:
|
||
- DBO_DEFAULT: Transactional-ize web requests and use autocommit otherwise
|
||
- DBO_DEBUG: Equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
|
||
- DBO_SSL: Use TLS connection encryption if available (deprecated)
|
||
- DBO_COMPRESS: Use protocol compression with database connections
|
||
- DBO_PERSISTENT: Enables persistent database connections
|
||
- ssl: (optional) Boolean, whether to use TLS encryption. Overrides DBO_SSL.
|
||
- max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
|
||
- is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
|
||
- cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
|
||
nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
|
||
This is what DBO_DEFAULT uses to determine when a web request is present.
|
||
[Default: true if MW_ENTRY_POINT is 'cli', otherwise false]
|
||
These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
|
||
variable of the Database object.
|
||
Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
|
||
variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
|
||
perhaps in some command-line scripts).
|
||
The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the primary. The
|
||
rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
|
||
accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
|
||
replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
|
||
```
|
||
SET @@read_only=1;
|
||
```
|
||
Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
|
||
up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
|
||
our primaries, and then set read_only=0 on primaries at runtime.
|
||
LBFactoryConf:
|
||
default:
|
||
class: Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple
|
||
type: object
|
||
mergeStrategy: replace
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Configuration for the ILBFactory service
|
||
The "class" setting must point to a LBFactory subclass, which is also responsible
|
||
for reading $wgDBservers, $wgDBserver, etc.
|
||
To set up a wiki farm with multiple database clusters, set the "class" to
|
||
LBFactoryMulti. See {@link Wikimedia::Rdbms::LBFactoryMulti LBFactoryMulti} docs for
|
||
information on how to configure the rest of the $wgLBFactoryConf array.
|
||
DataCenterUpdateStickTTL:
|
||
default: 10
|
||
description: |-
|
||
After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
|
||
how many seconds that client should keep using the primary datacenter.
|
||
This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
|
||
This must be greater than or equal to
|
||
Wikimedia\Rdbms\ChronologyProtector::POSITION_COOKIE_TTL.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
DBerrorLog:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'File to log database errors to'
|
||
DBerrorLogTZ:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [Localtimezone]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultDBerrorLogTZ]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Timezone to use in the error log.
|
||
Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
|
||
A list of usable timezones can found at:
|
||
https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
|
||
**Examples:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
|
||
$wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
|
||
$wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
|
||
$wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
|
||
$wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
|
||
```
|
||
@since 1.20
|
||
LocalDatabases:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
items:
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
|
||
List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen
|
||
delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms:
|
||
- "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
|
||
- "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
|
||
- "<DB NAME>"
|
||
If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work
|
||
in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema)
|
||
is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted
|
||
from these IDs.
|
||
DatabaseReplicaLagWarning:
|
||
default: 10
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If lag is higher than $wgDatabaseReplicaLagWarning, show a warning in some special
|
||
pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgDatabaseReplicaLagCritical,
|
||
show a more obvious warning.
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
DatabaseReplicaLagCritical:
|
||
default: 30
|
||
description: |-
|
||
@see self::DatabaseReplicaLagWarning
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
MaxExecutionTimeForExpensiveQueries:
|
||
default: 0
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Max execution time for queries of several expensive special pages such as RecentChanges
|
||
in milliseconds.
|
||
@since 1.38
|
||
VirtualDomainsMapping:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Mapping of virtual domain to external cluster db.
|
||
If no entry is set, the code assumes local database.
|
||
For example, for routing queries of virtual domain 'vdomain'
|
||
to 'wikishared' database in 'extension1' cluster. The config should be like this:
|
||
[ 'vdomain' => [ 'cluster' => 'extension1', 'db' => 'wikishared' ] ]
|
||
If the database needs to be the local domain, just set the 'db' to false.
|
||
If you want to get another db in the main cluster, just omit 'cluster'. For example:
|
||
[ 'centralauth' => [ 'db' => 'centralauth' ] ]
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
PageLinksSchemaMigrationStage:
|
||
default: 768
|
||
type: integer
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Pagelinks table schema migration stage, for normalizing pl_namespace and pl_title fields.
|
||
Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
|
||
- SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_NEW | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW (SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW)
|
||
History:
|
||
- 1.41: Added
|
||
- 1.43: Default has changed to SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW.
|
||
ExternalLinksDomainGaps:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Gaps in the externallinks table for certain domains.
|
||
If you have identified certain domains for which externallinks searches are slow,
|
||
you can use this setting to make MediaWiki skip large el_id ranges,
|
||
rather than having the database scan through them fruitlessly.
|
||
Each key in the array is a domain name in el_to_domain_index form,
|
||
e.g. 'https://com.example.'.
|
||
The value is an array with integer keys and values,
|
||
where each entry is a range (from => to, both inclusive)
|
||
of el_id values where this domain is known to have no entries.
|
||
(Subdomains are included, i.e., configuring an entry here guarantees to MediaWiki
|
||
that there are no rows where the el_to_domain_index starts with this value.)
|
||
History:
|
||
- 1.41: Added
|
||
ContentHandlers:
|
||
default:
|
||
wikitext: { class: WikitextContentHandler, services: [TitleFactory, ParserFactory, GlobalIdGenerator, LanguageNameUtils, LinkRenderer, MagicWordFactory, ParsoidParserFactory] }
|
||
javascript: MediaWiki\Content\JavaScriptContentHandler
|
||
json: MediaWiki\Content\JsonContentHandler
|
||
css: MediaWiki\Content\CssContentHandler
|
||
text: MediaWiki\Content\TextContentHandler
|
||
unknown: MediaWiki\Content\FallbackContentHandler
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Plugins for page content model handling.
|
||
Each entry in the array maps a model id to an ObjectFactory specification
|
||
that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
|
||
@since 1.21
|
||
NamespaceContentModels:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that
|
||
namespace should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special
|
||
content type is defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the
|
||
CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
|
||
(except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
|
||
@note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general,
|
||
use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler().
|
||
@since 1.21
|
||
TextModelsToParse:
|
||
default:
|
||
- wikitext
|
||
- javascript
|
||
- css
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
|
||
of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
|
||
the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
|
||
Note that table of contents information will be *suppressed* for all
|
||
text models in this list other than wikitext.
|
||
@todo Make the ToC suppression configurable by the content model
|
||
(T313455), not a side effect of inclusion here.
|
||
@todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
|
||
or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
|
||
@since 1.21
|
||
CompressRevisions:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
|
||
revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
|
||
compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
|
||
but will not be readable at all if zlib support is not available.
|
||
ExternalStores:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of enabled ExternalStore protocols.
|
||
@see \ExternalStoreAccess
|
||
```
|
||
$wgExternalStores = [ "DB" ];
|
||
```
|
||
ExternalServers:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortcut for setting `$wgLBFactoryConf["externalClusters"]`.
|
||
This is only applicable when using the default LBFactory
|
||
of {@link Wikimedia::Rdbms::LBFactorySimple LBFactorySimple}.
|
||
It is ignored if a different LBFactory is set, or if `externalClusters`
|
||
is already set explicitly.
|
||
@see \ExternalStoreAccess
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
Create a cluster named 'blobs_cluster1':
|
||
```
|
||
$wgExternalServers = [
|
||
'blobs_cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
DefaultExternalStore:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- array
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The place to put new text blobs or false to put them in the text table
|
||
of the local wiki database.
|
||
@see \ExternalStoreAccess
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
|
||
```
|
||
RevisionCacheExpiry:
|
||
default: 604800
|
||
type: integer
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Revision text may be cached in the main WAN cache to reduce load on external
|
||
storage servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
|
||
Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
|
||
PageLanguageUseDB:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable page language feature
|
||
Allows setting page language in database
|
||
@since 1.24
|
||
DiffEngine:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Specify the difference engine to use.
|
||
Supported values:
|
||
- 'external': Use an external diff engine, which must be specified via $wgExternalDiffEngine
|
||
- 'wikidiff2': Use the wikidiff2 PHP extension
|
||
- 'php': PHP implementations included in MediaWiki
|
||
The default (null) is to use the first engine that's available.
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
ExternalDiffEngine:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: 'Name of the external diff engine to use.'
|
||
Wikidiff2Options:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Options for wikidiff2:
|
||
- useMultiFormat: (bool) Whether to use wikidiff2_multi_format_diff()
|
||
if it is available. This temporarily defaults to false, during
|
||
migration to the new code. It is available in wikidiff2 1.14.0+.
|
||
The following options are only effective if wikidiff2_multi_format_diff()
|
||
is enabled. See README.md in wikidiff2 for details:
|
||
- numContextLines
|
||
- changeThreshold
|
||
- movedLineThreshold
|
||
- maxMovedLines
|
||
- maxWordLevelDiffComplexity
|
||
- maxSplitSize
|
||
- initialSplitThreshold
|
||
- finalSplitThreshold
|
||
Also:
|
||
- formatOptions: An array of format-specific overrides. The key may
|
||
be "inline" or "table" and the value is an array with keys
|
||
numContextLines, changeThreshold, etc.
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
RequestTimeLimit:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- integer
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set a limit on server request wall clock time.
|
||
If the Excimer extension is enabled, setting this will cause an exception
|
||
to be thrown after the specified number of seconds. If the extension is
|
||
not available, set_time_limit() will be called instead.
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
TransactionalTimeLimit:
|
||
default: 120
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The request time limit for "slow" write requests that should not be
|
||
interrupted due to the risk of data corruption.
|
||
The limit will only be raised. If the pre-existing time limit is larger,
|
||
then this will have no effect.
|
||
@since 1.26
|
||
CriticalSectionTimeLimit:
|
||
default: 180.0
|
||
type: number
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The maximum time critical sections are allowed to stay open. Critical
|
||
sections are used to defer Excimer request timeouts. If Excimer is available
|
||
and this time limit is exceeded, an exception will be thrown at the next
|
||
opportunity, typically after a long-running function like a DB query returns.
|
||
Critical sections may wrap long-running queries, and it's generally better
|
||
for the timeout to be handled a few milliseconds later when the critical
|
||
section exits, so this should be a large number.
|
||
This limit is ignored in command-line mode.
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
MiserMode:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Disable database-intensive features'
|
||
DisableQueryPages:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some'
|
||
QueryCacheLimit:
|
||
default: 1000
|
||
description: 'Number of rows to cache in ''querycache'' table when miser mode is on'
|
||
WantedPagesThreshold:
|
||
default: 1
|
||
description: 'Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"'
|
||
AllowSlowParserFunctions:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Enable slow parser functions'
|
||
AllowSchemaUpdates:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Allow schema updates'
|
||
MaxArticleSize:
|
||
default: 2048
|
||
description: 'Maximum article size in kibibytes'
|
||
MemoryLimit:
|
||
default: 50M
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
|
||
raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
|
||
PoolCounterConf:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- object
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
|
||
An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
|
||
This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
|
||
defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
|
||
The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
|
||
parameters.
|
||
**Example using local redis instance:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
|
||
'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
|
||
'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
|
||
'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
|
||
'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
|
||
'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
|
||
'redisConfig' => []
|
||
] ];
|
||
```
|
||
**Example using C daemon from <https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/mediawiki/services/poolcounter>**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgPoolCountClientConf = [
|
||
'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
|
||
'timeout' => 0.5,
|
||
'connect_timeout' => 0.01,
|
||
];
|
||
$wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
|
||
'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
|
||
'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
|
||
'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
|
||
'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
|
||
... any extension-specific options...
|
||
] ];
|
||
```
|
||
@since 1.16
|
||
PoolCountClientConf:
|
||
default:
|
||
servers: [127.0.0.1]
|
||
timeout: 0.1
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Configuration array for the PoolCounter client.
|
||
- servers: Array of hostnames, or hostname:port. The default port is 7531.
|
||
- timeout: Connection timeout.
|
||
- connect_timeout: [Since 1.28] Alternative connection timeout. If set, it is used
|
||
instead of `timeout` and will be retried once if a connection fails
|
||
to be established. Background: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T105378.
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\PoolCounter\PoolCounterClient
|
||
@since 1.16
|
||
MaxUserDBWriteDuration:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- integer
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
|
||
If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
MaxJobDBWriteDuration:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- integer
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
|
||
If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
|
||
@since 1.30
|
||
LinkHolderBatchSize:
|
||
default: 1000
|
||
description: |-
|
||
LinkHolderArray batch size
|
||
For debugging
|
||
MaximumMovedPages:
|
||
default: 100
|
||
description: 'Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.'
|
||
ForceDeferredUpdatesPreSend:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Force deferred updates to be run before sending a response to the client,
|
||
instead of attempting to run them after sending the response. Setting this
|
||
to true is useful for end-to-end testing, to ensure that the effects of a
|
||
request are visible to any subsequent requests, even if they are made
|
||
immediately after the first one. Note however that this does not ensure
|
||
that database replication is complete, nor does it execute any jobs
|
||
enqueued for later.
|
||
There should be no reason to set this in a normal production environment.
|
||
@since 1.38
|
||
MultiShardSiteStats:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether site_stats table should have multiple rows. If set to true, in each update,
|
||
one of ten rows gets updated at random to reduce lock wait time in wikis
|
||
that have lots of concurrent edits.
|
||
It should be set to true in really large wikis with big flow of edits,
|
||
Otherwise it can cause inaccuracy in data.
|
||
@since 1.39
|
||
CacheDirectory:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
|
||
from the web.
|
||
Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
|
||
must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
|
||
the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
|
||
MainCacheType:
|
||
default: 0
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
|
||
limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
|
||
is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
|
||
The options are:
|
||
- CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
|
||
- CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
|
||
- CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
|
||
- CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
|
||
- CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
|
||
- (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
|
||
configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
|
||
For a multi-datacenter setup, the underlying service should be configured
|
||
to broadcast operations by WANObjectCache using Mcrouter or Dynomite.
|
||
See @ref wanobjectcache-deployment "Deploying WANObjectCache".
|
||
To configure the `broadcastRoutingPrefix` WANObjectCache parameter,
|
||
use $wgWANObjectCache.
|
||
@see self::MessageCacheType
|
||
@see self::ParserCacheType
|
||
MessageCacheType:
|
||
default: -1
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
|
||
cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
|
||
For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
|
||
ParserCacheType:
|
||
default: -1
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The cache type for storing page content HTML (e.g. parsed from wikitext).
|
||
Parsing wikitext is considered an expensive operation. It is recommended
|
||
to give your parser cache plenty of storage space, such that long tail cache
|
||
hits are possible.
|
||
The default parser cache backend (when MainCacheType is left to CACHE_NONE)
|
||
is effectively CACHE_DB (SqlBagOStuff). If you set up a main cache type
|
||
such as memcached, it is recommended to set this explicitly to CACHE_DB.
|
||
Advice for large wiki farms:
|
||
- Consider allocating a dedicated database to ParserCache.
|
||
Register it in $wgObjectCaches and point $wgParserCacheType to it.
|
||
- Consider using MultiWriteBagOStuff to add a higher tier with Memcached
|
||
in front of the lower database tier.
|
||
- Consider setting `'purgePeriod' => 0` in the dedicated SqlBagOStuff
|
||
entry in $wgObjectCaches. This disables the automatic purging of
|
||
expired rows (which would normally happen in the background of
|
||
write requests). You can then schedule the purgeParserCache.php script
|
||
to e.g. once a day prune expired rows from the a dedicated maintenance
|
||
server.
|
||
For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
|
||
SessionCacheType:
|
||
default: -1
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The cache backend for storing session data.
|
||
Used by MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager. See $wgMainCacheType for available types.
|
||
See [SessionManager Storage expectations](@ref SessionManager-storage-expectations).
|
||
LanguageConverterCacheType:
|
||
default: -1
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
|
||
which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
|
||
For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
|
||
@since 1.20
|
||
ObjectCaches:
|
||
default:
|
||
0: { class: EmptyBagOStuff, reportDupes: false }
|
||
1: { class: SqlBagOStuff, loggroup: SQLBagOStuff }
|
||
memcached-php: { class: MemcachedPhpBagOStuff, loggroup: memcached }
|
||
memcached-pecl: { class: MemcachedPeclBagOStuff, loggroup: memcached }
|
||
hash: { class: HashBagOStuff, reportDupes: false }
|
||
apc: { class: APCUBagOStuff, reportDupes: false }
|
||
apcu: { class: APCUBagOStuff, reportDupes: false }
|
||
wincache: { class: WinCacheBagOStuff, reportDupes: false }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Advanced object cache configuration.
|
||
Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
|
||
for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
|
||
referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
|
||
or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
|
||
The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
|
||
the value is an associative array of parameters. One of the following
|
||
parameters specifying the class must be given:
|
||
- class: The class name which will be used.
|
||
- factory: A callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
|
||
The following parameters are shared and understood by most classes:
|
||
- loggroup: The log channel to use.
|
||
For SqlBagOStuff, the main configured database will be used, unless one of the following
|
||
three parameters is given:
|
||
- server: Server config map for Database::factory() that describes the database to
|
||
use for all key operations in the current region. This is overridden by "servers".
|
||
- servers: Map of tag strings to server config maps, each for Database::factory(),
|
||
describing the set of database servers on which to distribute key operations in the
|
||
current region. Data is distributed among the servers via key hashing based on the
|
||
server tags. Therefore, each tag represents a shard of the dataset. Tags are useful
|
||
for failover using cold-standby servers and for managing shards with replica servers
|
||
in multiple regions (each having different hostnames).
|
||
- cluster: The ExternalStore cluster name to use.
|
||
SqlBagOStuff also accepts the following optional parameters:
|
||
- dbDomain: The database name to pass to the LoadBalancer.
|
||
- multiPrimaryMode: Whether the portion of the dataset belonging to each tag/shard is
|
||
replicated among one or more regions, with one "co-primary" server in each region.
|
||
Queries are issued in a manner that provides Last-Write-Wins eventual consistency.
|
||
This option requires the "server" or "servers" options. Only MySQL, with statement
|
||
based replication (log_bin='ON' and binlog_format='STATEMENT') is supported. Also,
|
||
the `modtoken` column must exist on the `objectcache` table(s).
|
||
- purgePeriod: The average number of object cache writes in between garbage collection
|
||
operations, where expired entries are removed from the database. Or in other words,
|
||
the probability of performing a purge is one in every this number. If set to zero,
|
||
purging will never be done at runtime (for use with PurgeParserCache).
|
||
- purgeLimit: Maximum number of rows to purge at once.
|
||
- tableName: The table name to use, default is "objectcache".
|
||
- shards: The number of tables to use for data storage on each server. If greater than
|
||
1, table names are formed in the style objectcacheNNN where NNN is the shard index,
|
||
between 0 and shards-1. The number of digits used in the suffix is the minimum number
|
||
required to hold the largest shard index. Data is distributed among the tables via
|
||
key hashing. This helps mitigate MySQL bugs 61735 and 61736.
|
||
- replicaOnly: Whether to only use replica servers and only support read operations.
|
||
This option requires the use of LoadBalancer and should only be used by
|
||
ReplicatedBagOStuff.
|
||
- writeBatchSize: Default maximum number of rows to change in each query for write
|
||
operations that can be chunked into a set of smaller writes.
|
||
For MemcachedPhpBagOStuff parameters see {@link MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::__construct}
|
||
For MemcachedPeclBagOStuff parameters see {@link MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::__construct}
|
||
For RedisBagOStuff parameters see {@link RedisBagOStuff::__construct}
|
||
WANObjectCache:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Extra parameters to the WANObjectCache constructor.
|
||
See @ref wanobjectcache-deployment "Deploying WANObjectCache".
|
||
@since 1.40
|
||
MicroStashType:
|
||
default: -1
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- integer
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The stash store backend for MicroStash.
|
||
This store should be optimized for ephemeral data, and should be able to handle
|
||
a high volume of writes and reads. The dataset access scope should be across
|
||
all servers that serve the application.
|
||
Note that the TTL of the data written to the store must be respected completely
|
||
before the data gets evicted from the store (whether the data is used or not).
|
||
Thus, the store should not evict data before the TTL expires.
|
||
Properties of the backend should be:
|
||
1.) the data written to the store should be short-lived,
|
||
2.) it should be evicted ONLY after the TTL elapses (reliably persist),
|
||
3.) should be accessed by all servers that serve the application,
|
||
4.) should be able to handle a high volume of writes and reads.
|
||
@see \BagOStuff
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
MainStash:
|
||
default: 1
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The object store type of the main stash.
|
||
This should be a fast storage system optimized for lightweight data, both ephemeral and
|
||
permanent, for things like counters, tokens, and blobs. The dataset access scope should
|
||
include all the application servers in all datacenters. Thus, the data must be replicated
|
||
among all datacenters. The store should have "Last Write Wins" eventual consistency. Per
|
||
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PACELC_theorem, the store should act as a PA/EL distributed
|
||
system for these operations.
|
||
The multi-datacenter strategy for MediaWiki is to have CDN route HTTP POST requests to the
|
||
primary datacenter and HTTP GET/HEAD/OPTIONS requests to the closest datacenter to the
|
||
client. The stash accepts write operations from any datacenter, but cross-datacenter
|
||
replication is asynchronous.
|
||
Modules that use the main stash can expect race conditions to occur if a key can receive
|
||
write operations originating from multiple datacenters. To improve consistency, callers
|
||
should avoid main stash updates during non-POST requests. In any case, callers should
|
||
gracefully tolerate occasional key evictions, temporary inconsistencies among datacenters,
|
||
and violations of linearizability (e.g. during timeouts). Modules that can never handle
|
||
these kinds of anomalies should use other storage mediums.
|
||
Valid options are the keys of {@link $wgObjectCaches}, e.g. CACHE_* constants.
|
||
@see \BagOStuff
|
||
@since 1.26
|
||
ParsoidCacheConfig:
|
||
type: object
|
||
properties:
|
||
StashType: { type: [integer, string, 'null'], default: null }
|
||
StashDuration: { type: integer, default: 86400 }
|
||
WarmParsoidParserCache: { type: boolean, default: false }
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Configuration for the caching related to parsoid output. The configuration contains the
|
||
following keys:
|
||
- StashType: The type of object store to be used by the ParsoidOutputStash service,
|
||
which stores the base state of HTML based edits.
|
||
Valid options are the keys of {@link $wgObjectCaches}, e.g. CACHE_* constants.
|
||
By default, the value of the MainStash setting will be used.
|
||
This should be an object store that provides fairly solid persistence guarantees,
|
||
since losing an entry from the stash may mean that the user can't save their edit.
|
||
If null, the value of the MainStash configuration setting will be used.
|
||
- StashDuration: The number of seconds for which an entry in the stash should be kept.
|
||
Should be long enough for users to finish editing,
|
||
since losing an entry from the stash may mean that the user can't save their edit.
|
||
This is set to one day by default.
|
||
- WarmParsoidParserCache: Setting this to true will pre-populate the parsoid parser cache
|
||
with parsoid outputs on page edits. This speeds up loading HTML into Visual Editor.
|
||
@since 1.39
|
||
@unstable Per MediaWiki 1.39, the structure of this configuration is still subject to
|
||
change.
|
||
default: null
|
||
ParserCacheFilterConfig:
|
||
type: object
|
||
default:
|
||
pcache: { default: { minCpuTime: 0 } }
|
||
parsoid-pcache: { default: { minCpuTime: 0 } }
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: 'A map of namespace IDs to filter definitions.'
|
||
additionalProperties: { type: object, description: 'A map of filter names to values.', properties: { minCpuTime: { type: number } } }
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Per-namespace configuration for the ParserCache filter.
|
||
There is one top level key for each cache name supported in ParserCacheFactory.
|
||
The per-namespace configuration is given separately for each cache.
|
||
For each namespace, this defines a set of filter options, which are represented
|
||
as an associative array. The following keys are supported in this array:
|
||
- minCpuTime: causes the parser cache to not save any output that took fewer
|
||
than the given number of seconds of CPU time to generate, according to
|
||
ParserOutput::getTimeProfile(). Set to 0 to always cache, or to
|
||
PHP_INT_MAX to disable caching for this namespace.
|
||
If no filter options are defined for a given namespace, the filter options
|
||
under the "default" key will be used for pages in that namespace.
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
ChronologyProtectorStash:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The object store type for the
|
||
{@link Wikimedia::Rdbms::ChronologyProtector ChronologyProtector} store.
|
||
This should be a fast storage system optimized for lightweight ephemeral data.
|
||
Data stored should be readable by all application servers in the local datacenter.
|
||
See [ChronologyProtector requirements](@ref ChronologyProtector-storage-requirements)
|
||
for more detailed system administrator requirements (especially for multi-dc operations).
|
||
Valid options are the keys of {@link $wgObjectCaches}, e.g. CACHE_* constants.
|
||
Defaults to {@link $wgMainCacheType} (in ServiceWiring.php).
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
ChronologyProtectorSecret:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Secret string for HMAC hashing in ChronologyProtector [optional]
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
ParserCacheExpireTime:
|
||
default: 86400
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
|
||
The default is 86400 (one day).
|
||
OldRevisionParserCacheExpireTime:
|
||
default: 3600
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The expiry time for the parser cache for old revisions, in seconds.
|
||
The default is 3600 (cache disabled).
|
||
ObjectCacheSessionExpiry:
|
||
default: 3600
|
||
description: 'The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.'
|
||
PHPSessionHandling:
|
||
default: enable
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
|
||
If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
|
||
If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
|
||
session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
|
||
SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
|
||
others' cookies.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
SuspiciousIpExpiry:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- integer
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Time in seconds to remember IPs for, for the purposes of logging IP changes within the
|
||
same session. This is meant more for debugging errors in the authentication system than
|
||
for detecting abuse.
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
SessionPbkdf2Iterations:
|
||
default: 10001
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
|
||
@since 1.28
|
||
MemCachedServers:
|
||
default:
|
||
- '127.0.0.1:11211'
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: 'The list of MemCached servers and port numbers'
|
||
MemCachedPersistent:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
|
||
requests.
|
||
MemCachedTimeout:
|
||
default: 500000
|
||
description: 'Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.'
|
||
UseLocalMessageCache:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
|
||
This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
|
||
The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
|
||
Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
|
||
maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
|
||
messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
|
||
AdaptiveMessageCache:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
|
||
been customised in the site content language. This means that
|
||
MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
|
||
This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
|
||
LocalisationCacheConf:
|
||
properties:
|
||
class: { type: string, default: LocalisationCache }
|
||
store: { type: string, default: detect }
|
||
storeClass: { type: [boolean, string], default: false }
|
||
storeDirectory: { type: [boolean, string], default: false }
|
||
storeServer: { type: object, default: [] }
|
||
forceRecache: { type: boolean, default: false }
|
||
manualRecache: { type: boolean, default: false }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Localisation cache configuration.
|
||
Used by service wiring to decide how to construct the
|
||
LocalisationCache instance. Associative array with keys:
|
||
class: The class to use for constructing the LocalisationCache object.
|
||
This may be overridden by extensions to a subclass of LocalisationCache.
|
||
Sub classes are expected to still honor the 'storeClass', 'storeDirectory'
|
||
and 'manualRecache' options where applicable.
|
||
storeClass: Which LCStore class implementation to use. This is optional.
|
||
The default LocalisationCache class offers the 'store' option
|
||
as abstraction for this.
|
||
store: How and where to store localisation cache data.
|
||
This option is ignored if 'storeClass' is explicitly set to a class name.
|
||
Must be one of:
|
||
- 'detect' (default): Automatically select 'files' if 'storeDirectory'
|
||
or $wgCacheDirectory is set, and fall back to 'db' otherwise.
|
||
- 'files': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as CDB files.
|
||
- 'array': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as PHP static array files.
|
||
- 'db': Store in the l10n_cache database table.
|
||
storeDirectory: If the selected LCStore class puts its data in files, then it
|
||
will use this directory. If set to false (default), then
|
||
$wgCacheDirectory is used instead.
|
||
manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
|
||
Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
|
||
default: null
|
||
CachePages:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Allow client-side caching of pages'
|
||
CacheEpoch:
|
||
default: '20030516000000'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
|
||
client-side and server-side caching.
|
||
You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
|
||
@verbatim date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
|
||
@endverbatim
|
||
GitInfoCacheDirectory:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
|
||
$wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
|
||
UseFileCache:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
|
||
database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
|
||
language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
|
||
FileCacheDepth:
|
||
default: 2
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
|
||
$wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
|
||
the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
|
||
be put directly into the main file cache directory.
|
||
RenderHashAppend:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
|
||
that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
|
||
EnableSidebarCache:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
|
||
current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
|
||
by shaving off extra message lookups.
|
||
However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
|
||
having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
|
||
don't update as expected.
|
||
SidebarCacheExpiry:
|
||
default: 86400
|
||
description: 'Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds'
|
||
UseGzip:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
|
||
space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
|
||
Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
|
||
InvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
|
||
to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
|
||
was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
|
||
On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
|
||
check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
|
||
unnecessary cache invalidations.
|
||
ExtensionInfoMTime:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- integer
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
|
||
can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
|
||
one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgExtensionInfoMTime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
|
||
```
|
||
If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
|
||
which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
|
||
EnableRemoteBagOStuffTests:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If this is set to true, phpunit will run integration tests against remote
|
||
caches defined in $wgObjectCaches.
|
||
@since 1.38
|
||
UseCdn:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable/disable CDN.
|
||
See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Performance_tuning#Page_view_caching
|
||
@since 1.34 Renamed from $wgUseSquid.
|
||
VaryOnXFP:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
|
||
RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
|
||
and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
|
||
feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
|
||
pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
|
||
HTTP redirects.
|
||
InternalServer:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
|
||
```
|
||
CdnMaxAge:
|
||
default: 18000
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
|
||
Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
|
||
out s-maxage in the CDN config.
|
||
18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
|
||
@since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidMaxage
|
||
CdnMaxageLagged:
|
||
default: 30
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
|
||
@see self::CdnMaxAge
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
CdnMaxageStale:
|
||
default: 10
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Cache timeout when delivering a stale ParserCache response due to PoolCounter
|
||
contention.
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
CdnReboundPurgeDelay:
|
||
default: 0
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
|
||
this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
|
||
This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
|
||
replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
|
||
This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
|
||
If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
|
||
it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
|
||
will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
|
||
a purge to all nodes, then the rebound purge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
CdnMaxageSubstitute:
|
||
default: 60
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
|
||
@see self::CdnMaxAge
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
ForcedRawSMaxage:
|
||
default: 300
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
|
||
300 seconds = 5 minutes.
|
||
CdnServers:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
|
||
When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
|
||
headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
|
||
For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
|
||
@since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServers.
|
||
CdnServersNoPurge:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
As with $wgCdnServers, except these servers aren't purged on page changes;
|
||
use to set a list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP
|
||
addresses and CIDR blocks.
|
||
@since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
|
||
@since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServersNoPurge
|
||
HTCPRouting:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
|
||
enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
|
||
array, HTCP is disabled.
|
||
Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
|
||
URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
|
||
the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
|
||
is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
|
||
**Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one**
|
||
multicast group and all other purges to another:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgHTCPRouting = [
|
||
'|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
|
||
'host' => '239.128.0.113',
|
||
'port' => 4827,
|
||
],
|
||
'' => [
|
||
'host' => '239.128.0.112',
|
||
'port' => 4827,
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
|
||
you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
|
||
given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
|
||
**Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgHTCPRouting = [
|
||
'' => [
|
||
// Purges to text caches using multicast
|
||
[ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
|
||
// Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
|
||
[ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
|
||
[ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
|
||
[ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
@since 1.22
|
||
@see self::HTCPMulticastTTL
|
||
HTCPMulticastTTL:
|
||
default: 1
|
||
description: |-
|
||
HTCP multicast TTL.
|
||
@see self::HTCPRouting
|
||
UsePrivateIPs:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?'
|
||
CdnMatchParameterOrder:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to false if MediaWiki is behind a CDN that re-orders query
|
||
parameters on incoming requests.
|
||
MediaWiki sets a large 'Cache-Control: s-maxage=' directive on page
|
||
views only if the request URL matches one of the normal CDN URL forms.
|
||
When 'CdnMatchParameterOrder' is false, the matching algorithm ignores
|
||
the order of URL parameters.
|
||
@since 1.39
|
||
LanguageCode:
|
||
default: en
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Site language code. See includes/languages/data/Names.php for languages
|
||
supported by MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have
|
||
translations, see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some
|
||
localisation.
|
||
Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
|
||
LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
|
||
for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
|
||
This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
|
||
change it in their preferences.
|
||
This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
|
||
in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
|
||
via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
|
||
GrammarForms:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
|
||
Used in Language::convertGrammar().
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
|
||
```
|
||
InterwikiMagic:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links'
|
||
HideInterlanguageLinks:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar'
|
||
ExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
|
||
interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
|
||
Notes:
|
||
- This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
|
||
map.
|
||
- The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
|
||
the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
|
||
this array.
|
||
- A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
|
||
placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
|
||
the prefix in this array.
|
||
- This should be a list of "interwiki prefixes" (ie, what appears in
|
||
wikitext), and you probably want to add an entry to
|
||
InterlanguageLinkCodeMap as well to specify which mediawiki internal
|
||
(or custom) language code this prefix corresponds to, and perhaps
|
||
then map that custom language code to a language name in
|
||
ExtraLanguageNames.
|
||
InterlanguageLinkCodeMap:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Map of interlanguage link codes to language codes. This is useful to override
|
||
what is shown as the language name when the interwiki code does not match it
|
||
exactly
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
ExtraLanguageNames:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: 'List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php'
|
||
ExtraLanguageCodes:
|
||
default:
|
||
bh: bho
|
||
'no': nb
|
||
simple: en
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of mappings from one language code to another.
|
||
This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
|
||
installer.
|
||
In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
|
||
these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
|
||
from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
|
||
If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
|
||
value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
|
||
@since 1.29
|
||
DummyLanguageCodes:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
|
||
appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
|
||
@note Since 1.29, this should not be set directly in LocalSettings,
|
||
ExtraLanguageCodes should be set instead. However, DummyLanguageCodes
|
||
will be initialized and can be read internally.
|
||
AllUnicodeFixes:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
|
||
regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
|
||
impact.
|
||
@since 1.17
|
||
LegacyEncoding:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
|
||
loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
|
||
converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
|
||
burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
|
||
@note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
|
||
user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
|
||
continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
|
||
AmericanDates:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
|
||
is 'dmy or mdy'.
|
||
TranslateNumerals:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
|
||
numerals in interface.
|
||
UseDatabaseMessages:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
|
||
Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
|
||
MaxMsgCacheEntrySize:
|
||
default: 10000
|
||
description: 'Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes'
|
||
DisableLangConversion:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Whether to enable language variant conversion.'
|
||
DisableTitleConversion:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
|
||
Note that this option is slightly misnamed.
|
||
DefaultLanguageVariant:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Default variant code. If false, the default will be the static default
|
||
variant of the language.
|
||
UsePigLatinVariant:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
|
||
used to ease variant development work.
|
||
DisabledVariants:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
|
||
$wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
|
||
```
|
||
VariantArticlePath:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
|
||
path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
|
||
language variant.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
|
||
$wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
|
||
$wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
|
||
```
|
||
A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
|
||
It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
|
||
of $wgVariantArticlePath.
|
||
UseXssLanguage:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to enable the 'x-xss' language code, used for development.
|
||
When enabled, the language code 'x-xss' (e.g. via ?uselang=x-xss) can
|
||
be used to test correct message escaping at scale, to prevent
|
||
cross-site scripting. In this "language", every message becomes an HTML
|
||
snippet which attempts to alert the message key. Well-written code will
|
||
correctly escape all of these messages. If any alerts are actually
|
||
fired in the browser, the message is not being escaped correctly;
|
||
either the offending code should be fixed, or the message should be
|
||
added to {@link self::RawHtmlMessages}.
|
||
@see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Cross-site_scripting
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
LoginLanguageSelector:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
|
||
registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
|
||
customise these.
|
||
ForceUIMsgAsContentMsg:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
|
||
should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
|
||
For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
|
||
so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
|
||
and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
|
||
link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
|
||
sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
|
||
and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
|
||
the default behavior.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
To allow language-specific main page and community
|
||
portal:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
|
||
```
|
||
RawHtmlMessages:
|
||
default:
|
||
- copyright
|
||
- history_copyright
|
||
- googlesearch
|
||
type: array
|
||
items:
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
|
||
Extensions should add their insecure raw HTML messages to extension.json.
|
||
The list is used for access control:
|
||
changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
|
||
Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first
|
||
letter.
|
||
@since 1.32
|
||
Localtimezone:
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultLocaltimezone]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
|
||
date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
|
||
your server's OS-based timezone value.
|
||
This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
|
||
time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
|
||
Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
|
||
timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
|
||
A list of usable timezones can found at:
|
||
https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
|
||
**Examples:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
|
||
$wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
|
||
$wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
|
||
$wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
|
||
$wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
|
||
```
|
||
default: null
|
||
LocalTZoffset:
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [Localtimezone]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultLocalTZoffset]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
|
||
for anonymous users and new user accounts.
|
||
This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
|
||
overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
|
||
By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
|
||
default: null
|
||
OverrideUcfirstCharacters:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Map of Unicode characters for which capitalization is overridden in
|
||
Language::ucfirst. The characters should be
|
||
represented as char_to_convert => conversion_override. See T219279 for details
|
||
on why this is useful during php version transitions.
|
||
@since 1.34
|
||
MimeType:
|
||
default: text/html
|
||
description: 'The default Content-Type header.'
|
||
Html5Version:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Defines the value of the version attribute in the <html> tag, if any.
|
||
If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
|
||
Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
|
||
See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
|
||
@since 1.16
|
||
EditSubmitButtonLabelPublish:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
|
||
as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
|
||
"Publish page"/"Publish changes".
|
||
@since 1.28
|
||
XhtmlNamespaces:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
|
||
Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
|
||
```
|
||
Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
|
||
element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
|
||
This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
|
||
SiteNotice:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Site notice shown at the top of each page
|
||
MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
|
||
provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
|
||
MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
|
||
BrowserFormatDetection:
|
||
default: telephone=no
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Override the ability of certain browsers to attempt to autodetect dataformats in pages.
|
||
This is a default feature of many mobile browsers, but can have a lot of false positives,
|
||
where for instance, year ranges are confused with phone numbers.
|
||
The default of this setting is to disable telephone number data detection.
|
||
Set BrowserFormatDetection to false to fallback to the browser defaults.
|
||
@since 1.37
|
||
@see https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/documentation/AppleApplications/Reference/SafariHTMLRef/Articles/MetaTags.html
|
||
SkinMetaTags:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
An array of open graph tags which should be added by all skins.
|
||
Accepted values are "og:site_name", "og:title", "og:type" and "twitter:card".
|
||
Since some of these fields can be provided by extensions it defaults to an empty array.
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
DefaultSkin:
|
||
default: vector-2022
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
|
||
change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
|
||
FallbackSkin:
|
||
default: fallback
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
|
||
@since 1.24
|
||
SkipSkins:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
|
||
available skins in user preferences.
|
||
NOTE: This does not uninstall the skin, and it will still be accessible
|
||
via the `useskin` query parameter. To uninstall a skin, remove its inclusion
|
||
from LocalSettings.php.
|
||
@see \SkinFactory::getAllowedSkins
|
||
DisableOutputCompression:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)'
|
||
FragmentMode:
|
||
default:
|
||
- html5
|
||
- legacy
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
How should section IDs be encoded?
|
||
This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
|
||
- 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
|
||
characters in most browsers' address bars.
|
||
- 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
|
||
The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
|
||
is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
|
||
a page.
|
||
The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
|
||
If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
|
||
id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
|
||
would still work.
|
||
Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
|
||
On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
|
||
all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
|
||
flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
|
||
generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
|
||
still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
|
||
set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
|
||
fragment mode is used.
|
||
@since 1.30
|
||
ExternalInterwikiFragmentMode:
|
||
default: legacy
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
|
||
for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
|
||
this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
|
||
to 'html5'.
|
||
@since 1.30
|
||
FooterIcons:
|
||
default:
|
||
copyright: { copyright: [] }
|
||
poweredby: { mediawiki: { src: null, url: 'https://www.mediawiki.org/', alt: 'Powered by MediaWiki' } }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
|
||
You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
|
||
a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
|
||
of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
|
||
$wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
|
||
The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
|
||
by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
|
||
turns it into mw_poweredby.
|
||
The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
|
||
In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
|
||
be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
|
||
This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
|
||
The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
|
||
directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred
|
||
format for the icon, the following keys are used:
|
||
- src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
|
||
but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
|
||
- srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
|
||
- url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
|
||
not be outputted
|
||
- alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
|
||
skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
|
||
the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
|
||
- width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
|
||
you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
|
||
Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
|
||
@todo Reformat documentation.
|
||
UseCombinedLoginLink:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
|
||
to create an account.
|
||
- true = use a combined login / create account link
|
||
- false = split login and create account into two separate links
|
||
Edititis:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Display user edit counts in various prominent places.'
|
||
Send404Code:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
|
||
status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
|
||
host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
|
||
set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
|
||
that the generated error pages can be seen.
|
||
In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
|
||
send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
|
||
this configuration variable is ignored.
|
||
ShowRollbackEditCount:
|
||
default: 10
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
|
||
The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
|
||
determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
|
||
If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
|
||
from hiding some useless rollback links.
|
||
@since 1.20
|
||
EnableCanonicalServerLink:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
|
||
server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
|
||
detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
|
||
unconditionally.
|
||
InterwikiLogoOverride:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
items:
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of interwiki logos overrides.
|
||
This is used by the sister project sidebar. This list accept a key equal to the
|
||
interwiki ID (as defined in the interwiki links), and accept a Codex icon name
|
||
(https://doc.wikimedia.org/codex/latest/icons/all-icons.html) or a base URL for
|
||
the given interwiki.
|
||
Example :
|
||
$wgInterwikiLogoOverride = [
|
||
'c' => 'logoWikimediaCommons',
|
||
'wikit' => 'https://mySpecialWiki.com'
|
||
];
|
||
ResourceModules:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Define extra client-side modules to be registered with ResourceLoader.
|
||
@note It is recommended to define modules using the `ResourceModule` attribute
|
||
in `extension.json` or `skin.json` when possible (instead of via PHP global variables).
|
||
Registration is internally handled by ResourceLoader::register.
|
||
## Available modules
|
||
Modules that ship with %MediaWiki core are registered via
|
||
resources/Resources.php. For a full list with documentation, see:
|
||
[ResourceLoader/Core_modules](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/ResourceLoader/Core_modules).
|
||
## Options
|
||
- class `{string}`:
|
||
By default a module is assumed to bundle file resources
|
||
as handled by the MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\FileModule class. Use this option
|
||
to use a different implementation of MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\Module instead.
|
||
Default: `\MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\FileModule`
|
||
- factory `{string}`:
|
||
Override the instantiation of the MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\Module
|
||
class using a PHP callback. This allows dependency injection to be used.
|
||
This option cannot be combined with the `class` option.
|
||
Since: MW 1.30
|
||
- dependencies `{string[]|string}`:
|
||
Modules that must be executed before this module.
|
||
Module name string or list of module name strings.
|
||
Default: `[]`
|
||
- deprecated `{boolean|string}`:
|
||
Whether the module is deprecated and usage is discouraged.
|
||
Set to boolean true, or a string to include in the warning message.
|
||
Default: `false`
|
||
- group `{string}`:
|
||
Optional request group to override which modules may be downloaded
|
||
together in an HTTP batch request. By default, any two modules may be
|
||
loaded together in the same batch request. Set this option to a
|
||
descriptive string to give the module its own HTTP request. To allow
|
||
other modules to join this new request, give those the same request group.
|
||
Use this option with caution. The default behaviour is well-tuned already,
|
||
and setting this often does more harm than good. For more about request
|
||
balancing optimisations, see
|
||
[ResourceLoader/Architecture#Balance](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/ResourceLoader/Architecture#Balance).
|
||
- skipFunction `{string}`:
|
||
Allow this module to be satisfied as dependency without actually loading
|
||
or executing scripts from the server, if the specified JavaScript function
|
||
returns true.
|
||
Use this to provide polyfills that are natively available in newer browsers.
|
||
Specify the relative path to a JavaScript file containing a top-level return
|
||
statement. The contents of the file should not contain any wrapping function,
|
||
it will be wrapped by %ResourceLoader in an anonymous function and invoked
|
||
when the module is considered for loading.
|
||
## FileModule options
|
||
- localBasePath `{string}`:
|
||
Base file path to prepend to relative file paths specified in other options.
|
||
Default: `$IP`
|
||
- remoteBasePath `{string}`:
|
||
Base URL path to prepend to relative file paths specified in other options.
|
||
This is used to form URLs for files, such as when referencing images in
|
||
stylesheets, or in debug mode to serve JavaScript files directly.
|
||
Default: @ref $wgResourceBasePath (which defaults to @ref $wgScriptPath)
|
||
- remoteExtPath `{string}`:
|
||
Shortcut for `remoteBasePath` that is relative to $wgExtensionAssetsPath.
|
||
Use this when defining modules from an extension, so as to avoid hardcoding
|
||
the script path of the %MediaWiki install or the location of the extensions
|
||
directory.
|
||
This option is mutually exclusive with `remoteBasePath`.
|
||
- styles `{string[]|string|array<string,array>}`:
|
||
Styles to always include in the module.
|
||
%File path or list of file paths, relative to `localBasePath`.
|
||
The stylesheet can be automatically wrapped in a `@media` query by specifying
|
||
the file path as the key in an object (instead of the value), with the value
|
||
specifying a `media` query.
|
||
See @ref wgResourceModules-example-stylesheet "Stylesheet examples" below.
|
||
See also @ref $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles.
|
||
Extended options:
|
||
- skinStyles `{string[]|string}`: Styles to include in specific skin contexts.
|
||
Array keyed is by skin name with file path or list of file paths as value,
|
||
relative to `localBasePath`.
|
||
Default: `[]`
|
||
- noflip `{boolean}`:
|
||
By default, CSSJanus will be used automatically to perform LTR-to-RTL flipping
|
||
when loaded in a right-to-left (RTL) interface language context.
|
||
Use this option to skip CSSJanus LTR-to-RTL flipping for this module, for example
|
||
when registering an external library that already handles RTL styles.
|
||
Default: `false`
|
||
- packageFiles `{string[]|array[]}`
|
||
Specify script files and (virtual) data files to include in the module.
|
||
Each internal JavaScript file retains its own local module scope and its
|
||
private exports can be accessed separately by other client-side code in the
|
||
same module, via the local `require()` function.
|
||
Modules that use package files should export any public API methods using
|
||
`module.exports`.
|
||
See examples at
|
||
[ResourceLoader/Package_files](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/ResourceLoader/Package_files)
|
||
on mediawiki.org.
|
||
The `packageFiles` feature cannot be combined with legacy scripts that use
|
||
the `scripts` option, including its extended variants `languageScripts`,
|
||
`skinScripts`, and `debugScripts`.
|
||
Since: MW 1.33
|
||
Default: `[]`
|
||
- scripts `{string[]|string|array[]}`:
|
||
Scripts to always include in the module.
|
||
%File path or list of file paths, relative to `localBasePath`.
|
||
These files are concatenated blindly and executed as a single client-side script.
|
||
Modules using this option are sometimes referred to as "legacy scripts" to
|
||
distinguish them from those that use the `packageFiles` option.
|
||
Modules that use legacy scripts usually attach any public APIs they have
|
||
to the `mw` global variable. If a module contains just one file, it is also
|
||
supported to use the newer `module.exports` mechanism, though if the module
|
||
contains more than one legacy script, it is considered unsafe and unsupported
|
||
to use this mechanism (use `packageFiles` instead). See also
|
||
[Coding
|
||
conventions/JavaScript](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Coding_conventions/JavaScript#Exporting).
|
||
Since MW 1.41, an element of `scripts` may be an array in the same format as
|
||
packageFiles, giving a callback to call for content generation.
|
||
Default: `[]`
|
||
Extended options, concatenated in this order:
|
||
- languageScripts `{string[]|string|array[]}`: Scripts to include in specific
|
||
language contexts. Array is keyed by language code with file path or list of
|
||
file path.
|
||
- skinScripts `{string[]|string|array[]}`: Scripts to include in specific skin contexts.
|
||
Array keyed is by skin name with file path or list of file paths.
|
||
- debugScripts `{string[]|string|array[]}`: Scripts to include in debug contexts.
|
||
%File path or list of file paths.
|
||
- messages `{string[]}`
|
||
Localisation messages to bundle with this module, for client-side use
|
||
via `mw.msg()` and `mw.message()`. List of message keys.
|
||
Default: `[]`
|
||
- templates `{string[]}`
|
||
List of template files to be loaded for client-side usage via `mw.templates`.
|
||
Default: `[]`
|
||
- es6 `{boolean}`:
|
||
Since: MW 1.36; ignored since MW 1.41.
|
||
Default: `true`
|
||
- skipStructureTest `{boolean}`:
|
||
Whether to skip ResourcesTest::testRespond(). Since MW 1.42.
|
||
Default: `false`.
|
||
## Examples
|
||
**Example: Using an alternate subclass**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
'class' => \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\WikiModule::class,
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
**Example: Deprecated module**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
'deprecated' => 'You should use ext.myExtension2 instead',
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
**Example: Base paths in extension.json**
|
||
```
|
||
"ext.myExtension": {
|
||
"localBasePath": "modules/ext.MyExtension",
|
||
"remoteExtPath": "MyExtension/modules/ext.MyExtension"
|
||
}
|
||
```
|
||
**Example: Base paths in core with PHP**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceModules['mediawiki.example'] = [
|
||
'localBasePath' => "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.example",
|
||
'remoteBasePath' => "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/src/mediawiki.example",
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
**Example: Define a skip function**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension.SomeWebAPI'] = [
|
||
'skipFunction' => 'skip-SomeWebAPI.js',
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
**Example: Contents of skip function file**
|
||
```
|
||
return typeof SomeWebAPI === 'function' && SomeWebAPI.prototype.duckMethod;
|
||
```
|
||
@anchor wgResourceModules-example-stylesheet
|
||
**Example: Stylesheets**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceModules['example'] = [
|
||
'styles' => [
|
||
'foo.css',
|
||
'bar.css',
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
$wgResourceModules['example.media'] = [
|
||
'styles' => [
|
||
'foo.css' => [ 'media' => 'print' ],
|
||
];
|
||
$wgResourceModules['example.mixed'] = [
|
||
'styles' => [
|
||
'foo.css',
|
||
'bar.css' => [ 'media' => 'print' ],
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
**Example: Package files**
|
||
```
|
||
"ext.myExtension": {
|
||
"localBasePath": "modules/ext.MyExtension",
|
||
"remoteExtPath": "MyExtension/modules/ext.MyExtension",
|
||
"packageFiles": [
|
||
"index.js",
|
||
"utils.js",
|
||
"data.json"
|
||
]
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
```
|
||
**Example: Legacy scripts**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
'scripts' => [
|
||
'modules/ext.myExtension/utils.js',
|
||
'modules/ext.myExtension/myExtension.js',
|
||
],
|
||
'languageScripts' => [
|
||
'bs' => 'modules/ext.myExtension/languages/bs.js',
|
||
'fi' => 'modules/ext.myExtension/languages/fi.js',
|
||
],
|
||
'skinScripts' => [
|
||
'default' => 'modules/ext.myExtension/skin-default.js',
|
||
],
|
||
'debugScripts' => [
|
||
'modules/ext.myExtension/debug.js',
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
**Example: Template files**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
'templates' => [
|
||
'templates/template.html',
|
||
'templates/template2.html',
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
@since 1.17
|
||
ResourceModuleSkinStyles:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Add extra skin-specific styles to a resource module.
|
||
These are automatically added by ResourceLoader to the 'skinStyles' list of
|
||
the existing module. The 'styles' list cannot be modified or disabled.
|
||
For example, below a module "bar" is defined and skin Foo provides additional
|
||
styles for it:
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
|
||
'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
|
||
'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
|
||
];
|
||
$wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
|
||
'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
This is effectively equivalent to:
|
||
**Equivalent:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
|
||
'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
|
||
'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
|
||
'skinStyles' => [
|
||
'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
|
||
$wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
|
||
If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
|
||
of replacing it. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
|
||
'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
|
||
'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
|
||
'skinStyles' => [
|
||
'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
// Note the '+' character:
|
||
$wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
|
||
'+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
This is effectively equivalent to:
|
||
**Equivalent:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
|
||
'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
|
||
'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
|
||
'skinStyles' => [
|
||
'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
|
||
'foo' => [
|
||
'resources/bar/additional.css',
|
||
'skins/Foo/bar.css',
|
||
],
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
|
||
disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
|
||
use `skinStyles['default']`.
|
||
As with $wgResourceModules, always set the localBasePath and remoteBasePath
|
||
keys (or one of remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
|
||
'bar' => 'bar.css',
|
||
'quux' => 'quux.css',
|
||
'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
|
||
'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
ResourceLoaderSources:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
|
||
built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
|
||
ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
|
||
```
|
||
ResourceBasePath:
|
||
default: null
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [ScriptPath]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultResourceBasePath]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\FileModule.
|
||
Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
|
||
ResourceLoaderMaxage:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Override how long a CDN or browser may cache a ResourceLoader HTTP response.
|
||
Maximum time in seconds. Used for the `max-age` and `s-maxage` Cache-Control headers.
|
||
Valid keys:
|
||
- versioned
|
||
- unversioned
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\ResourceLoader::__construct
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
ResourceLoaderUseObjectCacheForDeps:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Use the main stash instead of the module_deps table for indirect dependency tracking
|
||
@unstable EXPERIMENTAL
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
ResourceLoaderDebug:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
|
||
This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
|
||
ResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- integer
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose query string is more than
|
||
this many characters long, and will instead use multiple requests with
|
||
shorter query strings. Using multiple requests may degrade performance,
|
||
but may be needed based on the query string limit supported by your web
|
||
server and/or your user's web browsers.
|
||
Default: `2000`.
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\StartUpModule::getMaxQueryLength
|
||
@since 1.17
|
||
ResourceLoaderValidateJS:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Validate JavaScript code loaded from wiki pages.
|
||
If a syntax error is found, the script is replaced with a warning
|
||
logged to the browser console. This ensures errors are found early and
|
||
consistently (independent of the editor's own browser), and prevents
|
||
breaking other modules loaded in the same batch from load.php.
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\ResourceLoader\Module::validateScriptFile
|
||
ResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
|
||
Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
|
||
Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
|
||
@since 1.32
|
||
ResourceLoaderStorageEnabled:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
|
||
browsers that support the Web Storage API.
|
||
ResourceLoaderStorageVersion:
|
||
default: 1
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
|
||
invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
|
||
@since 1.23
|
||
ResourceLoaderEnableSourceMapLinks:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to include a SourceMap header in ResourceLoader responses
|
||
for JavaScript modules.
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
AllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
|
||
restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
|
||
JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
|
||
execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
|
||
potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
|
||
site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
|
||
from the rest of the site.
|
||
@since 1.25
|
||
VueDevelopmentMode:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to use the development version of Vue.js. This should be disabled
|
||
for production installations. For development installations, enabling this
|
||
provides useful additional warnings and checks.
|
||
Even when this is disabled, using ResourceLoader's debug mode (?debug=true)
|
||
will cause the development version to be loaded.
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
MetaNamespace:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [Sitename]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultMetaNamespace]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
|
||
used instead.
|
||
MetaNamespaceTalk:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Name of the project talk namespace.
|
||
Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
|
||
$wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
|
||
manually for grammatical reasons.
|
||
CanonicalNamespaceNames:
|
||
default:
|
||
-2: Media
|
||
-1: Special
|
||
0: ''
|
||
1: Talk
|
||
2: User
|
||
3: User_talk
|
||
4: Project
|
||
5: Project_talk
|
||
6: File
|
||
7: File_talk
|
||
8: MediaWiki
|
||
9: MediaWiki_talk
|
||
10: Template
|
||
11: Template_talk
|
||
12: Help
|
||
13: Help_talk
|
||
14: Category
|
||
15: Category_talk
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Canonical namespace names.
|
||
Must not be changed directly in configuration or by extensions, use $wgExtraNamespaces
|
||
instead.
|
||
ExtraNamespaces:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
|
||
Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
|
||
to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
|
||
names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
|
||
hook or extension.json.
|
||
@warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
|
||
no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
|
||
the new namespace name.
|
||
Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
|
||
namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgExtraNamespaces = [
|
||
100 => "Hilfe",
|
||
101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
|
||
102 => "Aide",
|
||
103 => "Discussion_Aide"
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
@todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
|
||
ExtraGenderNamespaces:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
|
||
Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
|
||
using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
|
||
@since 1.18
|
||
NamespaceAliases:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Define extra namespace aliases.
|
||
These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
|
||
are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
|
||
requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
|
||
name.
|
||
Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgNamespaceAliases = [
|
||
'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
|
||
'Help' => 100,
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
@see \Language::getNamespaceAliases for accessing the full list of aliases,
|
||
including those defined by other means.
|
||
LegalTitleChars:
|
||
default: ' %!"$&''()*,\-.\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\^_`a-z~\x80-\xFF+'
|
||
deprecated: 'since 1.41; use Extension:TitleBlacklist to customize'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allowed title characters -- regex character class
|
||
Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
|
||
Problematic punctuation:
|
||
- []}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
|
||
- <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
|
||
- % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
|
||
- + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
|
||
corrupted by apache
|
||
- ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
|
||
All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
|
||
instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
|
||
The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
|
||
double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
|
||
%253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
|
||
for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
|
||
passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
|
||
because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
|
||
In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
|
||
@deprecated since 1.41; use Extension:TitleBlacklist or (soon)
|
||
Extension:AbuseFilter to customize this set.
|
||
CapitalLinks:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
|
||
@warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
|
||
appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
|
||
same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
|
||
CapitalLinkOverrides:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
@since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such as Special,
|
||
see NamespaceInfo::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be true by
|
||
default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that require them to be
|
||
so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their associated content
|
||
namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the subject namespace's
|
||
setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from NS_FILE.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
|
||
```
|
||
NamespacesWithSubpages:
|
||
default:
|
||
1: true
|
||
2: true
|
||
3: true
|
||
4: true
|
||
5: true
|
||
7: true
|
||
8: true
|
||
9: true
|
||
10: true
|
||
11: true
|
||
12: true
|
||
13: true
|
||
15: true
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Which namespaces should support subpages?
|
||
See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
|
||
ContentNamespaces:
|
||
default:
|
||
- 0
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
|
||
as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
|
||
contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
|
||
number of articles in the wiki.
|
||
ShortPagesNamespaceExclusions:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Optional array of namespaces which should be excluded from Special:ShortPages.
|
||
Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceExclusions will
|
||
be shown on that page.
|
||
@since 1.37; previously $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist
|
||
ExtraSignatureNamespaces:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
|
||
(~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
|
||
Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
|
||
For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
|
||
intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
|
||
InvalidRedirectTargets:
|
||
default:
|
||
- Filepath
|
||
- Mypage
|
||
- Mytalk
|
||
- Redirect
|
||
- Mylog
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array of invalid page redirect targets.
|
||
Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
|
||
will make the redirect fail.
|
||
Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
|
||
(T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
|
||
As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
|
||
other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
|
||
DisableHardRedirects:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
|
||
and have no "redirected from" link.
|
||
@note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
|
||
local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
|
||
redirected regardless of this setting.
|
||
FixDoubleRedirects:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Fix double redirects after a page move.
|
||
Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
|
||
LocalInterwikis:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array for local interwiki values, for each of the interwiki prefixes that point to
|
||
the current wiki.
|
||
Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array. See $wgRCFeeds.
|
||
InterwikiExpiry:
|
||
default: 10800
|
||
description: 'Expiry time for cache of interwiki table'
|
||
InterwikiCache:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- boolean
|
||
- object
|
||
mergeStrategy: replace
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Interwiki cache as an associative array.
|
||
When set, the InterwikiLookup service will not use the built-in `interwiki` database table,
|
||
but instead use this static array as its source.
|
||
This cache data structure can be generated by the `dumpInterwiki.php` maintenance
|
||
script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
|
||
formats such as the following:
|
||
- dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
|
||
- _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
|
||
- __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
|
||
- __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
|
||
Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
|
||
data layout.
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\Interwiki\ClassicInterwikiLookup
|
||
InterwikiScopes:
|
||
default: 3
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Specify number of domains to check for messages.
|
||
- 1: Just wiki(db)-level
|
||
- 2: wiki and global levels
|
||
- 3: site levels
|
||
InterwikiFallbackSite:
|
||
default: wiki
|
||
description: 'Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache'
|
||
RedirectSources:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
|
||
set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
|
||
as 'redirected from' links.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
It might look something like this:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
|
||
```
|
||
Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
|
||
This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
|
||
the URL.
|
||
SiteTypes:
|
||
default:
|
||
mediawiki: MediaWiki\Site\MediaWikiSite
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Register handlers for specific types of sites.
|
||
@since 1.21
|
||
MaxTocLevel:
|
||
default: 999
|
||
description: 'Maximum indent level of toc.'
|
||
MaxPPNodeCount:
|
||
default: 1000000
|
||
description: |-
|
||
A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
|
||
by PPFrame::expand()
|
||
MaxTemplateDepth:
|
||
default: 100
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
|
||
The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
|
||
and xdebug limits the call stack to 256 by default. So this should hopefully
|
||
stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
|
||
MaxPPExpandDepth:
|
||
default: 100
|
||
description: '@see self::MaxTemplateDepth'
|
||
UrlProtocols:
|
||
default:
|
||
- 'bitcoin:'
|
||
- 'ftp://'
|
||
- 'ftps://'
|
||
- 'geo:'
|
||
- 'git://'
|
||
- 'gopher://'
|
||
- 'http://'
|
||
- 'https://'
|
||
- 'irc://'
|
||
- 'ircs://'
|
||
- 'magnet:'
|
||
- 'mailto:'
|
||
- 'matrix:'
|
||
- 'mms://'
|
||
- 'news:'
|
||
- 'nntp://'
|
||
- 'redis://'
|
||
- 'sftp://'
|
||
- 'sip:'
|
||
- 'sips:'
|
||
- 'sms:'
|
||
- 'ssh://'
|
||
- 'svn://'
|
||
- 'tel:'
|
||
- 'telnet://'
|
||
- 'urn:'
|
||
- 'worldwind://'
|
||
- 'xmpp:'
|
||
- //
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
|
||
WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
|
||
Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
|
||
to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
|
||
more information.
|
||
@see \wfParseUrl
|
||
CleanSignatures:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.'
|
||
AllowExternalImages:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites'
|
||
AllowExternalImagesFrom:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
|
||
that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
|
||
You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
|
||
You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
|
||
**Examples:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
|
||
$wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
|
||
```
|
||
EnableImageWhitelist:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
|
||
allow list of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
|
||
against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
|
||
the image will be displayed.
|
||
Set this to true to enable the on-wiki allow list (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
|
||
Or false to disable it
|
||
@since 1.14
|
||
TidyConfig:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
|
||
array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
|
||
library; historically, other postprocessors were used.
|
||
Setting this to null will use default settings.
|
||
Keys include:
|
||
- treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
|
||
- serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
|
||
- mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
|
||
- pwrap: whether <p> wrapping should be done (default true)
|
||
See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration.
|
||
Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
|
||
production.
|
||
ParsoidSettings:
|
||
default:
|
||
useSelser: true
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Default Parsoid configuration.
|
||
Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
|
||
production.
|
||
@since 1.39
|
||
ParserEnableLegacyMediaDOM:
|
||
default: false
|
||
deprecated: 'since 1.41'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable legacy media HTML structure in the output from the Parser. The
|
||
alternative modern HTML structure that replaces it is described at
|
||
https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Parsing/Media_structure
|
||
@deprecated since 1.41
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
ParserEnableLegacyHeadingDOM:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable legacy HTML structure for headings in the output from the Parser.
|
||
The legacy structure includes section edit links (and other markup added
|
||
by some extensions) inside the headings rather than outside them, leading
|
||
to poor accessibility. This doesn't affect headings on special pages.
|
||
Note that each skin also has to indicate support for the new structure.
|
||
More information: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Heading_HTML_changes
|
||
@since 1.43
|
||
UseContentMediaStyles:
|
||
default: false
|
||
deprecated: 'since 1.41'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable shipping the styles for the media HTML structure that replaces
|
||
legacy, when $wgParserEnableLegacyMediaDOM is `false`. This is configured
|
||
separately so that it can continue to be served after the latter is disabled
|
||
but still in the cache.
|
||
@deprecated since 1.41
|
||
@internal Temporary flag, T51097.
|
||
@since 1.38
|
||
UseLegacyMediaStyles:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Disable shipping the styles for the legacy media HTML structure
|
||
that has been replaced when $wgParserEnableLegacyMediaDOM is `false`. This is
|
||
configured separately to give time for templates and extensions that mimic the
|
||
parser output to be migrated away.
|
||
@internal Temporary feature flag for T318433.
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
RawHtml:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
|
||
THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE $wgGroupPermissions
|
||
TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
|
||
ExternalLinkTarget:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
|
||
This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
|
||
attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
|
||
Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
|
||
setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
|
||
to some of your users.
|
||
NoFollowLinks:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
|
||
rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
|
||
they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
|
||
are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
|
||
NoFollowNsExceptions:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
|
||
See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
|
||
NoFollowDomainExceptions:
|
||
default:
|
||
- mediawiki.org
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
|
||
(or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
|
||
value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
|
||
$wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
|
||
This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
|
||
en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
|
||
etc.
|
||
Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
|
||
RegisterInternalExternals:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
|
||
externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
|
||
AllowDisplayTitle:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display'
|
||
RestrictDisplayTitle:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
|
||
canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
|
||
which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
|
||
ExpensiveParserFunctionLimit:
|
||
default: 100
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
|
||
PAGESINCATEGORY.
|
||
PreprocessorCacheThreshold:
|
||
default: 1000
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Preprocessor caching threshold
|
||
Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
|
||
EnableScaryTranscluding:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.'
|
||
TranscludeCacheExpiry:
|
||
default: 3600
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
|
||
Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
|
||
EnableMagicLinks:
|
||
default:
|
||
ISBN: false
|
||
PMID: false
|
||
RFC: false
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
|
||
PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
|
||
@since 1.28
|
||
ArticleCountMethod:
|
||
default: link
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
|
||
as a valid article.
|
||
Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
|
||
This variable can have the following values:
|
||
- 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
|
||
- 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
|
||
See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
|
||
Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
|
||
to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
|
||
script.
|
||
ActiveUserDays:
|
||
default: 30
|
||
description: |-
|
||
How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
|
||
the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
|
||
{{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
|
||
You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
|
||
numbers between different wikis.
|
||
LearnerEdits:
|
||
default: 10
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
|
||
- newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
|
||
- learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
|
||
a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
|
||
but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
|
||
- experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
|
||
has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
|
||
LearnerMemberSince:
|
||
default: 4
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Number of days the user must exist before becoming a learner.
|
||
@see self::LearnerEdits
|
||
ExperiencedUserEdits:
|
||
default: 500
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Number of edits the user must have before becoming "experienced".
|
||
@see self::LearnerEdits
|
||
ExperiencedUserMemberSince:
|
||
default: 30
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Number of days the user must exist before becoming "experienced".
|
||
@see self::LearnerEdits
|
||
ManualRevertSearchRadius:
|
||
default: 15
|
||
type: integer
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maximum number of revisions of a page that will be checked against every new edit
|
||
made to determine whether the edit was a manual revert.
|
||
Computational time required increases roughly linearly with this configuration
|
||
variable.
|
||
Larger values will let you detect very deep reverts, but at the same time can give
|
||
unexpected results (such as marking large amounts of edits as reverts) and may slow
|
||
down the wiki slightly when saving new edits.
|
||
Setting this to 0 will disable the manual revert detection feature entirely.
|
||
See this document for a discussion on this topic:
|
||
https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Research:Revert
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
RevertedTagMaxDepth:
|
||
default: 15
|
||
type: integer
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maximum depth (revision count) of reverts that will have their reverted edits marked
|
||
with the mw-reverted change tag. Reverts deeper than that will not have any edits
|
||
marked as reverted at all.
|
||
Large values can lead to lots of revisions being marked as "reverted", which may appear
|
||
confusing to users.
|
||
Setting this to 0 will disable the reverted tag entirely.
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
CentralIdLookupProviders:
|
||
default:
|
||
local: { class: MediaWiki\User\CentralId\LocalIdLookup, services: [MainConfig, DBLoadBalancerFactory, HideUserUtils] }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Central ID lookup providers
|
||
Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
CentralIdLookupProvider:
|
||
default: local
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: 'Central ID lookup provider to use by default'
|
||
UserRegistrationProviders:
|
||
default:
|
||
local: { class: MediaWiki\User\Registration\LocalUserRegistrationProvider, services: [UserFactory] }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
User registration timestamp provider classes
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
PasswordPolicy:
|
||
default:
|
||
policies: { bureaucrat: { MinimalPasswordLength: 10, MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin: 1 }, sysop: { MinimalPasswordLength: 10, MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin: 1 }, interface-admin: { MinimalPasswordLength: 10, MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin: 1 }, bot: { MinimalPasswordLength: 10, MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin: 1 }, default: { MinimalPasswordLength: { value: 8, suggestChangeOnLogin: true }, PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername: { value: true, suggestChangeOnLogin: true }, PasswordCannotMatchDefaults: { value: true, suggestChangeOnLogin: true }, MaximalPasswordLength: { value: 4096, suggestChangeOnLogin: true }, PasswordNotInCommonList: { value: true, suggestChangeOnLogin: true } } }
|
||
checks: { MinimalPasswordLength: [MediaWiki\Password\PasswordPolicyChecks, checkMinimalPasswordLength], MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin: [MediaWiki\Password\PasswordPolicyChecks, checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin], PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername: [MediaWiki\Password\PasswordPolicyChecks, checkPasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername], PasswordCannotMatchDefaults: [MediaWiki\Password\PasswordPolicyChecks, checkPasswordCannotMatchDefaults], MaximalPasswordLength: [MediaWiki\Password\PasswordPolicyChecks, checkMaximalPasswordLength], PasswordNotInCommonList: [MediaWiki\Password\PasswordPolicyChecks, checkPasswordNotInCommonList] }
|
||
type: object
|
||
mergeStrategy: array_replace_recursive
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Password policy for the wiki.
|
||
Structured as
|
||
```
|
||
[
|
||
'policies' => [ <group> => [ <policy> => <settings>, ... ], ... ],
|
||
'checks' => [ <policy> => <callback>, ... ],
|
||
]
|
||
```
|
||
where <group> is a user group, <policy> is a password policy name
|
||
(arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, <callback> is the
|
||
PHP callable implementing the policy check, <settings> is an array
|
||
of options with the following keys:
|
||
- value: (number, boolean or null) the value to pass to the callback
|
||
- forceChange: (boolean, default false) if the password is invalid, do
|
||
not let the user log in without changing the password
|
||
- suggestChangeOnLogin: (boolean, default false) if true and the password is
|
||
invalid, suggest a password change if logging in. If all the failing policies
|
||
that apply to the user have this set to false, the password change
|
||
screen will not be shown. 'forceChange' takes precedence over
|
||
'suggestChangeOnLogin' if they are both present.
|
||
As a shorthand for [ 'value' => <value> ], simply <value> can be written.
|
||
When multiple password policies are defined for a user, the settings
|
||
arrays are merged, and for fields which are set in both arrays, the
|
||
larger value (as understood by PHP's 'max' method) is taken.
|
||
A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements
|
||
from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more
|
||
than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is
|
||
the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group
|
||
is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users.
|
||
Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object
|
||
and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status
|
||
means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing
|
||
accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in
|
||
(depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning).
|
||
The checks supported by core are:
|
||
- MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set.
|
||
- MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will
|
||
not be allowed to login, or offered a chance to reset their password
|
||
as part of the login workflow, regardless if it is correct.
|
||
- MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
|
||
to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
|
||
- PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername - Password cannot be a substring
|
||
(contained within) the username.
|
||
- PasswordCannotMatchDefaults - Username/password combination cannot
|
||
match a list of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past.
|
||
- PasswordNotInCommonList - Password not in best practices list of
|
||
100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this
|
||
is a probabilistic test.
|
||
If you add custom checks, for Special:PasswordPolicies to display them correctly,
|
||
every check should have a corresponding passwordpolicies-policy-<check> message,
|
||
and every settings field other than 'value' should have a corresponding
|
||
passwordpolicies-policyflag-<flag> message (<check> and <flag> are in lowercase).
|
||
The check message receives the policy value as a parameter, the flag message
|
||
receives the flag value (or values if it's an array).
|
||
@since 1.26
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\Password\PasswordPolicyChecks
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\User\User::checkPasswordValidity()
|
||
AuthManagerConfig:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- object
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Configure AuthManager
|
||
All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
|
||
structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
|
||
providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
|
||
(default is 0).
|
||
Elements are:
|
||
- preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
|
||
- primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
|
||
- secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
@note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
|
||
used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
|
||
scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
|
||
auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
|
||
AuthManagerAutoConfig:
|
||
default:
|
||
preauth: { MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider: { class: MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider, sort: 0 } }
|
||
primaryauth: { MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider: { class: MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider, services: [DBLoadBalancerFactory, UserOptionsLookup], args: [{ authoritative: false }], sort: 0 }, MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider: { class: MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider, services: [DBLoadBalancerFactory], args: [{ authoritative: true }], sort: 100 } }
|
||
secondaryauth: { MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider: { class: MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider, sort: 0 }, MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider: { class: MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider, sort: 100 }, MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider: { class: MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider, services: [DBLoadBalancerFactory], sort: 200 } }
|
||
type: object
|
||
mergeStrategy: array_plus_2d
|
||
description: |-
|
||
@see self::AuthManagerConfig
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
RememberMe:
|
||
default: choose
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Configures RememberMe authentication request added by AuthManager. It can show a "remember
|
||
me" checkbox that, when checked, will cause it to take more time for the authenticated
|
||
session to expire. It can also be configured to always or to never extend the authentication
|
||
session.
|
||
Valid values are listed in RememberMeAuthenticationRequest::ALLOWED_FLAGS.
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
ReauthenticateTime:
|
||
default:
|
||
default: 300
|
||
type: object
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: integer
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Time frame for re-authentication.
|
||
With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
|
||
their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
|
||
changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
|
||
not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
|
||
third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
|
||
both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
|
||
- Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
|
||
that needs to do this.
|
||
- Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
|
||
the last X seconds.
|
||
- Come up with a third option.
|
||
MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
|
||
"X seconds".
|
||
This allows for configuring different time frames for different
|
||
"operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
|
||
- LinkAccounts
|
||
- UnlinkAccount
|
||
- ChangeCredentials
|
||
- RemoveCredentials
|
||
- ChangeEmail
|
||
Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
|
||
calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
|
||
ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
|
||
SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
|
||
SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
|
||
AuthManagerSpecialPage.
|
||
The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
AllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate:
|
||
default:
|
||
default: true
|
||
type: object
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
|
||
If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
|
||
SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
|
||
AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
|
||
SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
|
||
that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
|
||
The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
@see self::ReauthenticateTime
|
||
ChangeCredentialsBlacklist:
|
||
default:
|
||
- MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest
|
||
type: array
|
||
items:
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
|
||
Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
|
||
This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
|
||
AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
|
||
Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
RemoveCredentialsBlacklist:
|
||
default:
|
||
- MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest
|
||
type: array
|
||
items:
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
|
||
Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
|
||
This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
|
||
AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
|
||
Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
InvalidPasswordReset:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
|
||
password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
|
||
@since 1.23
|
||
PasswordDefault:
|
||
default: pbkdf2
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Default password type to use when hashing user passwords.
|
||
Must be set to a type defined in $wgPasswordConfig, or a type that
|
||
is registered by default in PasswordFactory.php.
|
||
@since 1.24
|
||
PasswordConfig:
|
||
default:
|
||
A: { class: MediaWiki\Password\MWOldPassword }
|
||
B: { class: MediaWiki\Password\MWSaltedPassword }
|
||
pbkdf2-legacyA: { class: MediaWiki\Password\LayeredParameterizedPassword, types: [A, pbkdf2] }
|
||
pbkdf2-legacyB: { class: MediaWiki\Password\LayeredParameterizedPassword, types: [B, pbkdf2] }
|
||
bcrypt: { class: MediaWiki\Password\BcryptPassword, cost: 9 }
|
||
pbkdf2: { class: MediaWiki\Password\Pbkdf2PasswordUsingOpenSSL, algo: sha512, cost: '30000', length: '64' }
|
||
argon2: { class: MediaWiki\Password\Argon2Password, algo: auto }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Configuration for built-in password types.
|
||
Maps the password type to an array of options:
|
||
- class: The Password class to use.
|
||
- factory (since 1.40): A function that creates and returns a suitable Password object.
|
||
This option is intended only for internal use; the function signature is unstable and
|
||
subject to change in future versions.
|
||
All other options are class-dependent.
|
||
An advanced example:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
|
||
'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
|
||
'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
|
||
'secrets' => [
|
||
hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
|
||
],
|
||
'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
@since 1.24
|
||
PasswordResetRoutes:
|
||
default:
|
||
username: true
|
||
email: true
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
|
||
with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
|
||
various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
|
||
has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
|
||
MaxSigChars:
|
||
default: 255
|
||
description: 'Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature'
|
||
SignatureValidation:
|
||
default: warning
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Behavior of signature validation. Allowed values are:
|
||
- 'warning' - invalid signatures cause a warning to be displayed on the preferences page,
|
||
but they are still used when signing comments; new invalid signatures can still be saved as
|
||
normal
|
||
- 'new' - existing invalid signatures behave as above; new invalid signatures can't be
|
||
saved
|
||
- 'disallow' - existing invalid signatures are no longer used when signing comments; new
|
||
invalid signatures can't be saved
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
SignatureAllowedLintErrors:
|
||
default:
|
||
- obsolete-tag
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of lint error codes which don't cause signature validation to fail.
|
||
@see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Lint_errors
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
MaxNameChars:
|
||
default: 255
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
|
||
script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
|
||
ReservedUsernames:
|
||
default:
|
||
- 'MediaWiki default'
|
||
- 'Conversion script'
|
||
- 'Maintenance script'
|
||
- 'Template namespace initialisation script'
|
||
- ScriptImporter
|
||
- 'Delete page script'
|
||
- 'Move page script'
|
||
- 'Command line script'
|
||
- 'Unknown user'
|
||
- 'msg:double-redirect-fixer'
|
||
- 'msg:usermessage-editor'
|
||
- 'msg:proxyblocker'
|
||
- 'msg:sorbs'
|
||
- 'msg:spambot_username'
|
||
- 'msg:autochange-username'
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
|
||
Maintenance scripts can still use these
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\User\User::MAINTENANCE_SCRIPT_USER
|
||
DefaultUserOptions:
|
||
default:
|
||
ccmeonemails: 0
|
||
date: default
|
||
diffonly: 0
|
||
diff-type: table
|
||
disablemail: 0
|
||
editfont: monospace
|
||
editondblclick: 0
|
||
editrecovery: 0
|
||
editsectiononrightclick: 0
|
||
email-allow-new-users: 1
|
||
enotifminoredits: 0
|
||
enotifrevealaddr: 0
|
||
enotifusertalkpages: 1
|
||
enotifwatchlistpages: 1
|
||
extendwatchlist: 1
|
||
fancysig: 0
|
||
forceeditsummary: 0
|
||
forcesafemode: 0
|
||
gender: unknown
|
||
hidecategorization: 1
|
||
hideminor: 0
|
||
hidepatrolled: 0
|
||
imagesize: 2
|
||
minordefault: 0
|
||
newpageshidepatrolled: 0
|
||
nickname: ''
|
||
norollbackdiff: 0
|
||
prefershttps: 1
|
||
previewonfirst: 0
|
||
previewontop: 1
|
||
pst-cssjs: 1
|
||
rcdays: 7
|
||
rcenhancedfilters-disable: 0
|
||
rclimit: 50
|
||
requireemail: 0
|
||
search-match-redirect: true
|
||
search-special-page: Search
|
||
search-thumbnail-extra-namespaces: true
|
||
searchlimit: 20
|
||
showhiddencats: 0
|
||
shownumberswatching: 1
|
||
showrollbackconfirmation: 0
|
||
skin: false
|
||
skin-responsive: 1
|
||
thumbsize: 5
|
||
underline: 2
|
||
useeditwarning: 1
|
||
uselivepreview: 0
|
||
usenewrc: 1
|
||
watchcreations: 1
|
||
watchdefault: 1
|
||
watchdeletion: 0
|
||
watchlistdays: 7
|
||
watchlisthideanons: 0
|
||
watchlisthidebots: 0
|
||
watchlisthidecategorization: 1
|
||
watchlisthideliu: 0
|
||
watchlisthideminor: 0
|
||
watchlisthideown: 0
|
||
watchlisthidepatrolled: 0
|
||
watchlistreloadautomatically: 0
|
||
watchlistunwatchlinks: 0
|
||
watchmoves: 0
|
||
watchrollback: 0
|
||
watchuploads: 1
|
||
wlenhancedfilters-disable: 0
|
||
wllimit: 250
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
|
||
preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
|
||
For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
|
||
$wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
|
||
To save storage space, no user_properties row will be stored for users with the
|
||
default setting for a given option, even if the user manually selects that option.
|
||
This means that a change to the defaults will change the setting for all users who
|
||
have been using the default setting; there is no way for users to opt out of this.
|
||
$wgConditionalUserOptions can be used to change the default value for future users
|
||
only.
|
||
@see self::ConditionalUserOptions
|
||
ConditionalUserOptions:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Conditional defaults for user options
|
||
Map of user options to conditional defaults descriptors, which is an array
|
||
of conditional cases [ VALUE, CONDITION1, CONDITION2 ], where VALUE is the default value for
|
||
all users that meet ALL conditions, and each CONDITION is either a:
|
||
(a) a CUDCOND_* constant (when condition does not take any arguments), or
|
||
(b) an array [ CUDCOND_*, argument1, argument1, ... ] (when chosen condition takes at
|
||
least one argument).
|
||
When `null` is used as the VALUE, it is interpreted as "no conditional default for this
|
||
condition". In other words, `null` and $wgDefaultUserOptions['user-option'] can be used
|
||
interchangeably as the VALUE.
|
||
All conditions are evaluated in order. When no condition matches.
|
||
$wgDefaultUserOptions is used instead.
|
||
Example of valid configuration:
|
||
$wgConditionalUserOptions['user-option'] = [
|
||
[ 'registered in 2024', [ CUDCOND_AFTER, '20240101000000' ] ]
|
||
];
|
||
List of valid conditions:
|
||
* CUDCOND_AFTER: user registered after given timestamp (args: string $timestamp)
|
||
* CUDCOND_ANON: allows specifying a default for anonymous (logged-out, non-temporary) users
|
||
* CUDCOND_NAMED: allows specifying a default for named (registered, non-temporary) users
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
@see self::DefaultUserOptions
|
||
HiddenPrefs:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: 'An array of preferences to not show for the user'
|
||
InvalidUsernameCharacters:
|
||
default: '@:>='
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Characters to prevent during new account creations.
|
||
This is used in a regular expression character class during
|
||
registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
|
||
UserrightsInterwikiDelimiter:
|
||
default: '@'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
|
||
(In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
|
||
databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
|
||
It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
|
||
$wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
|
||
modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
|
||
SecureLogin:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
|
||
Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
|
||
https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
|
||
@since 1.17
|
||
AuthenticationTokenVersion:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Versioning for authentication tokens.
|
||
If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
|
||
in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
|
||
active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
SessionProviders:
|
||
type: object
|
||
default:
|
||
MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider: { class: MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider, args: [{ priority: 30 }] }
|
||
MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider: { class: MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider, args: [{ priority: 75 }], services: [GrantsInfo] }
|
||
description: |-
|
||
MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
|
||
Values are ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders to be
|
||
used. Keys in the array are ignored; the class name is conventionally
|
||
used as the key to avoid collisions. Order is not significant.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
AllowRequiringEmailForResets:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether users will see a checkbox allowing them to require providing email during password resets.
|
||
@unstable EXPERIMENTAL This feature is under development, don't assume this flag's existence
|
||
or function outside of Wikimedia Foundation wikis.
|
||
AutoCreateTempUser:
|
||
properties:
|
||
known: { type: boolean, default: false }
|
||
enabled: { type: boolean, default: false }
|
||
actions: { type: array, default: [edit] }
|
||
genPattern: { type: string, default: ~$1 }
|
||
matchPattern: { type: [string, array, 'null'], default: null }
|
||
reservedPattern: { type: [string, 'null'], default: ~$1 }
|
||
serialProvider: { type: object, default: { type: local, useYear: true } }
|
||
serialMapping: { type: object, default: { type: plain-numeric } }
|
||
expireAfterDays: { type: [integer, 'null'], default: 90 }
|
||
notifyBeforeExpirationDays: { type: [integer, 'null'], default: 10 }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Configuration for automatic creation of temporary accounts on page save.
|
||
This can be enabled to avoid exposing the IP addresses of casual editors who
|
||
do not explicitly create an account.
|
||
@warning This is EXPERIMENTAL, enabling may break extensions.
|
||
An associative array with the following keys:
|
||
- known: (bool) Whether auto-creation is known about. Set this to 'true' if
|
||
temp accounts have been created on this wiki already. This setting allows
|
||
temp users to be recognized even if auto-creation is currently disabled.
|
||
If auto-creation is enabled via the 'enabled' property, then 'known' is
|
||
overriden to true.
|
||
- enabled: (bool) Whether auto-creation is enabled. If changing this
|
||
value from 'true' to 'false', you should also set 'known' to true, so
|
||
that relevant code can continue to identify temporary accounts as
|
||
visually and conceptually distinct from anonymous accounts and named accounts.
|
||
- actions: (array) A list of actions for which the feature is enabled.
|
||
Currently only "edit" is supported.
|
||
- genPattern: (string) The pattern used when generating new usernames.
|
||
This should have "$1" indicating the place where the serial string will
|
||
be substituted.
|
||
- matchPattern: (string|string[]|null) The pattern used when determining whether a
|
||
username is a temporary user. This affects the rights of the user
|
||
and also prevents explicit creation of users with matching names.
|
||
This is ignored if "enabled" is false. If the value is null, the
|
||
the genPattern value is used as the matchPattern.
|
||
- reservedPattern: (string) A pattern used to determine whether a
|
||
username should be denied for explicit creation, in addition to
|
||
matchPattern. This is used even if "enabled" is false.
|
||
- serialProvider: (array) Configuration for generation of unique integer
|
||
indexes which are used to make temporary usernames.
|
||
- type: (string) May be "local" to allocate indexes using the local
|
||
database. If the CentralAuth extension is enabled, it may be
|
||
"centralauth". Extensions may plug in additional types using the
|
||
TempUserSerialProviders attribute.
|
||
- numShards (int, default 1): A small integer. This can be set to a
|
||
value greater than 1 to avoid acquiring a global lock when
|
||
allocating IDs, at the expense of making the IDs be non-monotonic.
|
||
- useYear: (bool) Restart at 1 each time the year changes (in UTC).
|
||
To avoid naming conflicts, the year is included in the name after
|
||
the prefix, in the form 'YYYY-'.
|
||
- serialMapping: (array) Configuration for mapping integer indexes to strings
|
||
to substitute into genPattern.
|
||
- type: (string) May be
|
||
- "plain-numeric" to use ASCII decimal numbers
|
||
- "localized-numeric" to use numbers localized using a specific language
|
||
- "filtered-radix" to use numbers in an arbitrary base between 2 and 36,
|
||
with an optional list of "bad" IDs to skip over.
|
||
- "scramble": to use ASCII decimal numbers that are short but
|
||
non-consecutive.
|
||
- language: (string) With "localized-numeric", the language code
|
||
- radix: (int) With "filtered-radix", the base
|
||
- badIndexes: (array) With "filtered-radix", an array with the bad unmapped
|
||
indexes in the values. The integers must be sorted and the list
|
||
must never change after the indexes have been allocated. The keys must
|
||
be zero-based array indexes.
|
||
- uppercase: (bool) With "filtered-radix", whether to use uppercase
|
||
letters, default false.
|
||
- offset: (int) With "plain-numeric", a constant to add to the stored index.
|
||
- expireAfterDays: (int|null, default 90) If not null, how many days should the temporary
|
||
accounts expire? Requires expireTemporaryAccounts.php to be periodically executed in
|
||
order to work.
|
||
- notifyBeforeExpirationDays: (int|null, default 10) If not null, how many days before the
|
||
expiration of a temporary account should it be notified that their account is to be expired.
|
||
@unstable EXPERIMENTAL
|
||
@since 1.39
|
||
default: null
|
||
AutoblockExpiry:
|
||
default: 86400
|
||
description: 'Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.'
|
||
BlockAllowsUTEdit:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
|
||
This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to
|
||
edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block
|
||
restrictions.
|
||
BlockCIDRLimit:
|
||
default:
|
||
IPv4: 16
|
||
IPv6: 19
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
|
||
CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
|
||
/1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
|
||
half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
|
||
blocked using a small number of range blocks.
|
||
For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
|
||
customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
|
||
plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
|
||
allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
|
||
as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
|
||
BlockDisablesLogin:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If true, sitewide blocked users will not be allowed to login. (Direct
|
||
blocks only; IP blocks are ignored.) This can be used to remove users'
|
||
read access on a private wiki.
|
||
EnablePartialActionBlocks:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Flag to enable partial blocks against performing certain actions.
|
||
@unstable Temporary feature flag, T280532
|
||
@since 1.37
|
||
EnableMultiBlocks:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If this is false, the number of blocks of a given target is limited to only 1.
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
BlockTargetMigrationStage:
|
||
default: 768
|
||
type: integer
|
||
description: |4-
|
||
Ipblocks table schema migration stage, for normalizing ipb_address field and
|
||
adding the block_target table.
|
||
Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
|
||
- SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
|
||
- SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
|
||
- SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
|
||
History:
|
||
- 1.42: Added
|
||
- 1.43: Default changed from SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD to SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
|
||
- 1.43: Deprecated, ignored, SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW is implied
|
||
@deprecated since 1.43
|
||
WhitelistRead:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgWhitelistRead = [ "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help" ];
|
||
```
|
||
Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always allowed.
|
||
@note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
|
||
see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
|
||
@note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
|
||
will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
|
||
see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
|
||
@note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
|
||
hook instead.
|
||
WhitelistReadRegexp:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
|
||
This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
|
||
is without underscore.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
|
||
```
|
||
@note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
|
||
pages not intended to be allowed. The above example will also
|
||
allow a page named 'Security Main Page'.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
|
||
```
|
||
Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
|
||
@note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
|
||
see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
|
||
EmailConfirmToEdit:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
|
||
address before being allowed to edit?
|
||
HideIdentifiableRedirects:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
|
||
Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
|
||
GroupPermissions:
|
||
type: object
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: object
|
||
additionalProperties: { type: boolean }
|
||
mergeStrategy: array_plus_2d
|
||
default:
|
||
'*': { createaccount: true, read: true, edit: true, createpage: true, createtalk: true, writeapi: true, viewmyprivateinfo: true, editmyprivateinfo: true, editmyoptions: true }
|
||
user: { move: true, move-subpages: true, move-rootuserpages: true, move-categorypages: true, movefile: true, read: true, edit: true, createpage: true, createtalk: true, writeapi: true, upload: true, reupload: true, reupload-shared: true, minoredit: true, editmyusercss: true, editmyuserjson: true, editmyuserjs: true, editmyuserjsredirect: true, sendemail: true, applychangetags: true, changetags: true, editcontentmodel: true, viewmywatchlist: true, editmywatchlist: true }
|
||
autoconfirmed: { autoconfirmed: true, editsemiprotected: true }
|
||
bot: { bot: true, autoconfirmed: true, editsemiprotected: true, nominornewtalk: true, autopatrol: true, suppressredirect: true, apihighlimits: true, writeapi: true }
|
||
sysop: { block: true, createaccount: true, delete: true, bigdelete: true, deletedhistory: true, deletedtext: true, undelete: true, editinterface: true, editsitejson: true, edituserjson: true, import: true, importupload: true, move: true, move-subpages: true, move-rootuserpages: true, move-categorypages: true, patrol: true, autopatrol: true, protect: true, editprotected: true, rollback: true, upload: true, reupload: true, reupload-shared: true, unwatchedpages: true, autoconfirmed: true, editsemiprotected: true, ipblock-exempt: true, blockemail: true, markbotedits: true, apihighlimits: true, browsearchive: true, noratelimit: true, movefile: true, unblockself: true, suppressredirect: true, mergehistory: true, managechangetags: true, deletechangetags: true }
|
||
interface-admin: { editinterface: true, editsitecss: true, editsitejson: true, editsitejs: true, editusercss: true, edituserjson: true, edituserjs: true }
|
||
bureaucrat: { userrights: true, noratelimit: true, renameuser: true }
|
||
suppress: { hideuser: true, suppressrevision: true, viewsuppressed: true, suppressionlog: true, deleterevision: true, deletelogentry: true }
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Permission keys given to users in each group.
|
||
This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
|
||
array of the format (right => boolean).
|
||
The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
|
||
Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
|
||
All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
|
||
logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
|
||
combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
|
||
in the user_groups table.
|
||
Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
|
||
doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
|
||
unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
|
||
when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
|
||
Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
|
||
for security. Use at your own risk!
|
||
This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
|
||
PrivilegedGroups:
|
||
default:
|
||
- bureaucrat
|
||
- interface-admin
|
||
- suppress
|
||
- sysop
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of groups which should be considered privileged (user accounts
|
||
belonging in these groups can be abused in dangerous ways).
|
||
This is used for some security checks, mainly logging.
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\User\UserGroupManager::getUserPrivilegedGroups()
|
||
RevokePermissions:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
mergeStrategy: array_plus_2d
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
|
||
This acts the same way as $wgGroupPermissions above, except that
|
||
if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
|
||
Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
|
||
certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
|
||
GroupInheritsPermissions:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Groups that should inherit permissions from another group
|
||
This allows defining a group that inherits its permissions
|
||
from another group without having to copy all the permission
|
||
grants over. For example, if you wanted a manual "confirmed"
|
||
group that had the same permissions as "autoconfirmed":
|
||
```
|
||
$wgGroupInheritsPermissions['confirmed'] = 'autoconfirmed';
|
||
```
|
||
Recursive inheritance is currently not supported. In the above
|
||
example, confirmed will only gain the permissions explicitly
|
||
granted (or revoked) from autoconfirmed, not any permissions
|
||
that autoconfirmed might inherit.
|
||
@since 1.38
|
||
ImplicitGroups:
|
||
default:
|
||
- '*'
|
||
- user
|
||
- autoconfirmed
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: 'Implicit groups, aren''t shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else'
|
||
GroupsAddToSelf:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
|
||
are allowed to add or revoke.
|
||
Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
|
||
group".
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
|
||
```
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
|
||
```
|
||
This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
|
||
any group that they happen to be in.
|
||
GroupsRemoveFromSelf:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: '@see self::GroupsAddToSelf'
|
||
RestrictionTypes:
|
||
default:
|
||
- create
|
||
- edit
|
||
- move
|
||
- upload
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
|
||
You probably shouldn't change this.
|
||
Translated through restriction-* messages.
|
||
RestrictionStore::listApplicableRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
|
||
applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
|
||
RestrictionLevels:
|
||
default:
|
||
- ''
|
||
- autoconfirmed
|
||
- sysop
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
|
||
You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
|
||
permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
|
||
dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
|
||
- '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
|
||
- 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
|
||
- 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
|
||
CascadingRestrictionLevels:
|
||
default:
|
||
- sysop
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
|
||
A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
|
||
requested restriction level is included in this array.
|
||
'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
|
||
'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
|
||
SemiprotectedRestrictionLevels:
|
||
default:
|
||
- autoconfirmed
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
|
||
Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
|
||
and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
|
||
general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
|
||
reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
|
||
"semiprotected".
|
||
'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
|
||
'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
|
||
NamespaceProtection:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
|
||
namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
|
||
have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
|
||
@note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
|
||
NonincludableNamespaces:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
|
||
Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
|
||
namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
|
||
Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
|
||
which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
|
||
AutoConfirmAge:
|
||
default: 0
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
|
||
implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
|
||
privileges of new accounts.
|
||
Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
|
||
recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
|
||
When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
|
||
```
|
||
$wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
|
||
```
|
||
Set age to one day:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
|
||
```
|
||
AutoConfirmCount:
|
||
default: 0
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
|
||
Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
|
||
```
|
||
Autopromote:
|
||
default:
|
||
autoconfirmed: ['&', [1, null], [2, null]]
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
|
||
The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
|
||
$wgAutopromote = [
|
||
'groupname' => cond,
|
||
'group2' => cond2,
|
||
];
|
||
A `cond` may be:
|
||
- a single condition without arguments:
|
||
Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
|
||
e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
|
||
[ `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` ]
|
||
- a single condition with arguments:
|
||
e.g. `[ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 ]`
|
||
- a set of conditions:
|
||
e.g. `[ 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... ]`
|
||
When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
|
||
- `&` (**AND**):
|
||
promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
|
||
- `|` (**OR**):
|
||
promote if user matches **ANY** condition
|
||
- `^` (**XOR**):
|
||
promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
|
||
- `!` (**NOT**):
|
||
promote if user matces **NO** condition
|
||
- [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ]:
|
||
true if user has a confirmed e-mail
|
||
- [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits (if null or missing $wgAutoConfirmCount will be used)]:
|
||
true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
|
||
- [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration (if null or missing $wgAutoConfirmAge will be used)]:
|
||
true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
|
||
is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
|
||
- [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ]:
|
||
true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
|
||
is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
|
||
- [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ]:
|
||
true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
|
||
- [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ]:
|
||
true if the user has the passed IP address
|
||
- [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ]:
|
||
true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
|
||
- [ APCOND_BLOCKED ]:
|
||
true if the user is sitewide blocked
|
||
- [ APCOND_ISBOT ]:
|
||
true if the user is a bot
|
||
- similar constructs can be defined by extensions
|
||
The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
|
||
linked by operands.
|
||
Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
|
||
user who has provided an e-mail address.
|
||
AutopromoteOnce:
|
||
default:
|
||
onEdit: []
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
|
||
Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
|
||
Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
|
||
The format is:
|
||
```
|
||
[ event => criteria, ... ]
|
||
```
|
||
Where event is either:
|
||
- 'onEdit' (when user edits)
|
||
Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
|
||
@see self::Autopromote
|
||
@since 1.18
|
||
AutopromoteOnceLogInRC:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
|
||
@since 1.18
|
||
AddGroups:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
$wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
|
||
can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
Bureaucrats can add any group:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
|
||
```
|
||
Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
|
||
```
|
||
Sysops can make bots:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
|
||
```
|
||
Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
|
||
```
|
||
RemoveGroups:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: '@see self::AddGroups'
|
||
AvailableRights:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
items:
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
|
||
Rights in this list are denied unless explicitly granted, typically
|
||
using GroupPermissions.
|
||
For extensions only.
|
||
@see self::GroupPermissions
|
||
@see self::ImplicitRights
|
||
ImplicitRights:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
items:
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
A list of implicit rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
|
||
Rights in this list are granted implicitly to all users, but rate limits
|
||
may apply to them.
|
||
Extensions that define rate limits should add the corresponding right to
|
||
either ImplicitRights or AvailableRights, depending on whether the right
|
||
should be granted to everyone.
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
@see self::RateLimits
|
||
@see self::AvailableRights
|
||
DeleteRevisionsLimit:
|
||
default: 0
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
|
||
to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
|
||
DeleteRevisionsBatchSize:
|
||
default: 1000
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
|
||
Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
|
||
HideUserContribLimit:
|
||
default: 1000
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The maximum number of edits a user can have and
|
||
can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
|
||
This is limited for performance reason.
|
||
Set to false to disable the limit.
|
||
@since 1.23
|
||
AccountCreationThrottle:
|
||
default:
|
||
- { count: 0, seconds: 86400 }
|
||
type:
|
||
- integer
|
||
- array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
|
||
// no more than 100 per month
|
||
[
|
||
'count' => 100,
|
||
'seconds' => 30*86400,
|
||
],
|
||
// no more than 10 per day
|
||
[
|
||
'count' => 10,
|
||
'seconds' => 86400,
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
@note For backwards compatibility reasons, this may also be given as a single
|
||
integer, representing the number of account creations per day.
|
||
@see self::TempAccountCreationThrottle for the temporary accounts version of
|
||
this throttle
|
||
@warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
|
||
TempAccountCreationThrottle:
|
||
default:
|
||
- { count: 6, seconds: 86400 }
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Number of temporary accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgTempAccountCreationThrottle = [
|
||
// no more than 100 per month
|
||
[
|
||
'count' => 100,
|
||
'seconds' => 30*86400,
|
||
],
|
||
// no more than 6 per day
|
||
[
|
||
'count' => 6,
|
||
'seconds' => 86400,
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
@see self::AccountCreationThrottle for the regular account version of this throttle.
|
||
@warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
TempAccountNameAcquisitionThrottle:
|
||
default:
|
||
- { count: 60, seconds: 86400 }
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Number of temporary accounts usernames each IP address may acquire per specified period(s).
|
||
This should be set to a higher value than TempAccountCreationThrottle.
|
||
On editing, we first attempt to acquire a temp username before proceeding with saving an edit
|
||
and potentially creating a temp account if the edit save is successful.
|
||
Some edits may fail (due to core or extensions denying an edit); this throttle ensures that
|
||
there are limits to the number of temporary account names that can be acquired and stored in
|
||
the database.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgTempAccountNameAcquisitionThrottle = [
|
||
// no more than 100 per month
|
||
[
|
||
'count' => 100,
|
||
'seconds' => 30*86400,
|
||
],
|
||
// no more than 60 per day
|
||
[
|
||
'count' => 60,
|
||
'seconds' => 86400,
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
@see self::TempAccountCreationThrottle Make sure that TempAccountNameAcquisitionThrottle is greater than or
|
||
equal to TempAccountCreationThrottle
|
||
@warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
SpamRegex:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
|
||
will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
|
||
There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
|
||
May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
|
||
@see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
|
||
@note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
|
||
SummarySpamRegex:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: 'Same as SpamRegex except for edit summaries'
|
||
EnableDnsBlacklist:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
|
||
proxies
|
||
@since 1.16
|
||
DnsBlacklistUrls:
|
||
default:
|
||
- http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
|
||
This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
|
||
the blacklist require a key).
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
|
||
// String containing URL
|
||
'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
|
||
// Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
|
||
[ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
|
||
// Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
|
||
// just use a string as shown above
|
||
[ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
@note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
|
||
eventual domain search suffixes.
|
||
@since 1.16
|
||
ProxyList:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of banned IP addresses.
|
||
This can have the following formats:
|
||
- An array of addresses
|
||
- A string, in which case this is the path to a file
|
||
containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
|
||
ProxyWhitelist:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
|
||
what the other methods might say.
|
||
SoftBlockRanges:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
items:
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
|
||
creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
|
||
shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
|
||
@since 1.29
|
||
ApplyIpBlocksToXff:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
|
||
IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
|
||
(transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
|
||
RateLimits:
|
||
default:
|
||
edit: { ip: [8, 60], newbie: [8, 60], user: [90, 60] }
|
||
move: { newbie: [2, 120], user: [8, 60] }
|
||
upload: { ip: [8, 60], newbie: [8, 60] }
|
||
rollback: { user: [10, 60], newbie: [5, 120] }
|
||
mailpassword: { ip: [5, 3600] }
|
||
sendemail: { ip: [5, 86400], newbie: [5, 86400], user: [20, 86400] }
|
||
changeemail: { ip-all: [10, 3600], user: [4, 86400] }
|
||
confirmemail: { ip-all: [10, 3600], user: [4, 86400] }
|
||
purge: { ip: [30, 60], user: [30, 60] }
|
||
linkpurge: { ip: [30, 60], user: [30, 60] }
|
||
renderfile: { ip: [700, 30], user: [700, 30] }
|
||
renderfile-nonstandard: { ip: [70, 30], user: [70, 30] }
|
||
stashedit: { ip: [30, 60], newbie: [30, 60] }
|
||
stashbasehtml: { ip: [5, 60], newbie: [5, 60] }
|
||
changetags: { ip: [8, 60], newbie: [8, 60] }
|
||
editcontentmodel: { newbie: [2, 120], user: [8, 60] }
|
||
type: object
|
||
mergeStrategy: array_plus_2d
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
|
||
Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
|
||
the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
|
||
elapses.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
|
||
```
|
||
$wgRateLimits = [
|
||
'edit' => [
|
||
'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
|
||
'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
|
||
'user-global' => [ x, y ], // per username, across all sites (assumes names are
|
||
global)
|
||
'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
|
||
'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account, across all sites
|
||
'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
|
||
'ip-all' => [ x, y ], // per ip, across all sites
|
||
'subnet-all' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
|
||
'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
|
||
]
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
**Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate**
|
||
limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
|
||
special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
|
||
```
|
||
$wgRateLimits = [
|
||
'some-action' => [
|
||
'&can-bypass' => false,
|
||
'user' => [ x, y ],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
@see self::ImplicitRights
|
||
@warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
|
||
RateLimitsExcludedIPs:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
|
||
This may be useful for allowing NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
|
||
PutIPinRC:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
|
||
extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
|
||
Used for retroactive autoblocks
|
||
QueryPageDefaultLimit:
|
||
default: 50
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Integer defining default number of entries to show on
|
||
special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
|
||
PasswordAttemptThrottle:
|
||
default:
|
||
- { count: 5, seconds: 300 }
|
||
- { count: 150, seconds: 172800 }
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
|
||
Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
|
||
(ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
|
||
If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
|
||
just per account instead of per IP per account.
|
||
@since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
|
||
to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
|
||
@warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
|
||
GrantPermissions:
|
||
default:
|
||
basic: { autocreateaccount: true, autoconfirmed: true, autopatrol: true, editsemiprotected: true, ipblock-exempt: true, nominornewtalk: true, patrolmarks: true, read: true, writeapi: true, unwatchedpages: true }
|
||
highvolume: { bot: true, apihighlimits: true, noratelimit: true, markbotedits: true }
|
||
import: { import: true, importupload: true }
|
||
editpage: { edit: true, minoredit: true, applychangetags: true, changetags: true, editcontentmodel: true, pagelang: true }
|
||
editprotected: { edit: true, minoredit: true, applychangetags: true, changetags: true, editcontentmodel: true, editprotected: true }
|
||
editmycssjs: { edit: true, minoredit: true, applychangetags: true, changetags: true, editcontentmodel: true, editmyusercss: true, editmyuserjson: true, editmyuserjs: true }
|
||
editmyoptions: { editmyoptions: true, editmyuserjson: true }
|
||
editinterface: { edit: true, minoredit: true, applychangetags: true, changetags: true, editcontentmodel: true, editinterface: true, edituserjson: true, editsitejson: true }
|
||
editsiteconfig: { edit: true, minoredit: true, applychangetags: true, changetags: true, editcontentmodel: true, editinterface: true, edituserjson: true, editsitejson: true, editusercss: true, edituserjs: true, editsitecss: true, editsitejs: true }
|
||
createeditmovepage: { edit: true, minoredit: true, applychangetags: true, changetags: true, editcontentmodel: true, createpage: true, createtalk: true, delete-redirect: true, move: true, move-rootuserpages: true, move-subpages: true, move-categorypages: true, suppressredirect: true }
|
||
uploadfile: { upload: true, reupload-own: true }
|
||
uploadeditmovefile: { upload: true, reupload-own: true, reupload: true, reupload-shared: true, upload_by_url: true, movefile: true, suppressredirect: true }
|
||
patrol: { patrol: true }
|
||
rollback: { rollback: true }
|
||
blockusers: { block: true, blockemail: true }
|
||
viewdeleted: { browsearchive: true, deletedhistory: true, deletedtext: true }
|
||
viewrestrictedlogs: { suppressionlog: true }
|
||
delete: { edit: true, minoredit: true, applychangetags: true, changetags: true, editcontentmodel: true, browsearchive: true, deletedhistory: true, deletedtext: true, delete: true, bigdelete: true, deletelogentry: true, deleterevision: true, undelete: true }
|
||
oversight: { suppressrevision: true, viewsuppressed: true }
|
||
protect: { edit: true, minoredit: true, applychangetags: true, changetags: true, editcontentmodel: true, editprotected: true, protect: true }
|
||
viewmywatchlist: { viewmywatchlist: true }
|
||
editmywatchlist: { editmywatchlist: true }
|
||
sendemail: { sendemail: true }
|
||
createaccount: { createaccount: true }
|
||
privateinfo: { viewmyprivateinfo: true }
|
||
mergehistory: { mergehistory: true }
|
||
type: object
|
||
mergeStrategy: array_plus_2d
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: object
|
||
additionalProperties: { type: boolean }
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
|
||
a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
|
||
The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
|
||
"grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
|
||
account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
|
||
nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
GrantPermissionGroups:
|
||
default:
|
||
basic: hidden
|
||
editpage: page-interaction
|
||
createeditmovepage: page-interaction
|
||
editprotected: page-interaction
|
||
patrol: page-interaction
|
||
uploadfile: file-interaction
|
||
uploadeditmovefile: file-interaction
|
||
sendemail: email
|
||
viewmywatchlist: watchlist-interaction
|
||
editviewmywatchlist: watchlist-interaction
|
||
editmycssjs: customization
|
||
editmyoptions: customization
|
||
editinterface: administration
|
||
editsiteconfig: administration
|
||
rollback: administration
|
||
blockusers: administration
|
||
delete: administration
|
||
viewdeleted: administration
|
||
viewrestrictedlogs: administration
|
||
protect: administration
|
||
oversight: administration
|
||
createaccount: administration
|
||
mergehistory: administration
|
||
import: administration
|
||
highvolume: high-volume
|
||
privateinfo: private-information
|
||
type: object
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Grant groups are used on some user interfaces to display conceptually
|
||
similar grants together.
|
||
This configuration value should usually be set by extensions, not
|
||
site administrators.
|
||
@see self::GrantPermissions
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
GrantRiskGroups:
|
||
default:
|
||
basic: low
|
||
editpage: low
|
||
createeditmovepage: low
|
||
editprotected: vandalism
|
||
patrol: low
|
||
uploadfile: low
|
||
uploadeditmovefile: low
|
||
sendemail: security
|
||
viewmywatchlist: low
|
||
editviewmywatchlist: low
|
||
editmycssjs: security
|
||
editmyoptions: security
|
||
editinterface: vandalism
|
||
editsiteconfig: security
|
||
rollback: low
|
||
blockusers: vandalism
|
||
delete: vandalism
|
||
viewdeleted: vandalism
|
||
viewrestrictedlogs: security
|
||
protect: vandalism
|
||
oversight: security
|
||
createaccount: low
|
||
mergehistory: vandalism
|
||
import: security
|
||
highvolume: low
|
||
privateinfo: low
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Group grants by risk level. Keys are grant names (i.e. keys from GrantPermissions),
|
||
values are GrantsInfo::RISK_* constants.
|
||
Note that this classification is only informative; merely applying 'security' or 'internal'
|
||
to a grant won't prevent it from being available. It's used to give guidance to users
|
||
in various interfaces about the riskiness of the various grants.
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
EnableBotPasswords:
|
||
default: true
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: '@since 1.27'
|
||
BotPasswordsCluster:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Cluster for the bot_passwords table
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
@deprecated since 1.42 Use $wgVirtualDomainsMapping instead.
|
||
BotPasswordsDatabase:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Database name for the bot_passwords table
|
||
To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
|
||
"{$database}-{$prefix}".
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
@deprecated since 1.42 Use $wgVirtualDomainsMapping instead.
|
||
SecretKey:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php'
|
||
AllowUserJs:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allow user Javascript page?
|
||
This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
|
||
increase security risk to users and server load.
|
||
AllowUserCss:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
|
||
This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
|
||
increase security risk to users and server load.
|
||
AllowUserCssPrefs:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allow style-related user-preferences?
|
||
This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
|
||
are available to users.
|
||
UseSiteJs:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Use the site''s Javascript page?'
|
||
UseSiteCss:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Use the site''s Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?'
|
||
BreakFrames:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
|
||
or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
|
||
EditPageFrameOptions:
|
||
default: DENY
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
|
||
attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
|
||
in a frame or iframe. The options are:
|
||
- 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
|
||
- 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
|
||
to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
|
||
is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
|
||
- false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
|
||
full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
|
||
corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
|
||
recommended.
|
||
For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
|
||
not just edit pages.
|
||
ApiFrameOptions:
|
||
default: DENY
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
|
||
header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
|
||
framed can compromise your user's account security.
|
||
Options are:
|
||
- 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
|
||
- 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
|
||
- false: Allow all framing.
|
||
Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
|
||
CSPHeader:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- boolean
|
||
- object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Controls Content-Security-Policy header
|
||
@warning May cause slowness on Windows due to slow random number generator.
|
||
@unstable EXPERIMENTAL
|
||
@since 1.32
|
||
@see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
|
||
CSPReportOnlyHeader:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- boolean
|
||
- object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
|
||
@since 1.32
|
||
CSPFalsePositiveUrls:
|
||
default:
|
||
'https://3hub.co': true
|
||
'https://morepro.info': true
|
||
'https://p.ato.mx': true
|
||
'https://s.ato.mx': true
|
||
'https://adserver.adtech.de': true
|
||
'https://ums.adtechus.com': true
|
||
'https://cas.criteo.com': true
|
||
'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com': true
|
||
'https://atpixel.alephd.com': true
|
||
'https://rtb.metrigo.com': true
|
||
'https://d5p.de17a.com': true
|
||
'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js': true
|
||
'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0': true
|
||
'https://t.lkqd.net/t': true
|
||
chrome-extension: true
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
|
||
but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
|
||
software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
|
||
List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
|
||
@since 1.28
|
||
AllowCrossOrigin:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allow anonymous cross origin requests.
|
||
This should be disabled for intranet sites (sites behind a firewall).
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
RestAllowCrossOriginCookieAuth:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allows authenticated cross-origin requests to the REST API with session cookies.
|
||
With this option enabled, any origin specified in $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains may send session
|
||
cookies for authorization in the REST API.
|
||
There is a performance impact by enabling this option. Therefore, it should be left disabled
|
||
for most wikis and clients should instead use OAuth to make cross-origin authenticated
|
||
requests.
|
||
@see https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Access-Control-Allow-Credentials
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
SessionSecret:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Secret for session storage.
|
||
This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise $wgSecretKey will
|
||
be used.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
HKDFSecret:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
|
||
cryptographically secure random numbers).
|
||
This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise $wgSecretKey will
|
||
be used.
|
||
See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
|
||
@since 1.24
|
||
HKDFAlgorithm:
|
||
default: sha256
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
|
||
cryptographically secure random numbers).
|
||
See also: $wgHKDFSecret
|
||
@since 1.24
|
||
CookieExpiration:
|
||
default: 2592000
|
||
description: 'Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.'
|
||
ExtendedLoginCookieExpiration:
|
||
default: 15552000
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
|
||
$wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
|
||
calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
|
||
login cookies session-only.
|
||
CookieDomain:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
|
||
or ".any.subdomain.net"
|
||
CookiePath:
|
||
default: /
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
|
||
the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
|
||
CookieSecure:
|
||
default: detect
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [ForceHTTPS]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultCookieSecure]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
|
||
- true: Set secure flag
|
||
- false: Don't set secure flag
|
||
- "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL,
|
||
or if $wgForceHTTPS is true.
|
||
If $wgForceHTTPS is true, session cookies will be secure regardless of this
|
||
setting. However, other cookies will still be affected.
|
||
CookiePrefix:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [SharedDB, SharedPrefix, SharedTables, DBname, DBprefix]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultCookiePrefix]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
|
||
to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
|
||
name to be used as a prefix.
|
||
CookieHttpOnly:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
|
||
in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
|
||
XSS attack.
|
||
CookieSameSite:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The SameSite cookie attribute used for login cookies. This can be "Lax",
|
||
"Strict", "None" or empty/null to omit the attribute.
|
||
This only applies to login cookies, since the correct value for other
|
||
cookies depends on what kind of cookie it is.
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
CacheVaryCookies:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: 'A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)'
|
||
SessionName:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Override to customise the session name'
|
||
CookieSetOnAutoblock:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
|
||
after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will
|
||
contain an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block
|
||
ID (in which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted
|
||
users, so it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
|
||
CookieSetOnIpBlock:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked
|
||
user, even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
|
||
an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
|
||
which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users,
|
||
so it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
|
||
DebugLogFile:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable verbose debug logging for all channels and log levels.
|
||
See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
|
||
For static requests, this enables all channels and warning-level and
|
||
above only. Use $wgDebugRawPage to make those verbose as well.
|
||
The debug log file should be not be web-accessible if it is used in
|
||
a production environment, as may contain private data.
|
||
DebugLogPrefix:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: 'Prefix for debug log lines'
|
||
DebugRedirects:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
|
||
destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
|
||
resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
|
||
DebugRawPage:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If true, debug logging is also enabled for load.php and action=raw requests.
|
||
By default, $wgDebugLogFile enables all channels and warning-level and
|
||
above for static requests.
|
||
This ensures that the debug log is likely a chronological record of
|
||
of specific web request you are debugging, instead of overlapping with
|
||
messages from static requests, which would make it unclear which message
|
||
originated from what request.
|
||
Also, during development this can make browsing and JavaScript testing
|
||
considerably slower (T85805).
|
||
DebugComments:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
|
||
This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
|
||
It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
|
||
output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
|
||
for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
|
||
DebugDumpSql:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Write SQL queries to the debug log.
|
||
This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
|
||
'\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple'; otherwise the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in
|
||
the 'flags' option of the database connection to achieve the same functionality.
|
||
TrxProfilerLimits:
|
||
default:
|
||
GET: { masterConns: 0, writes: 0, readQueryTime: 5, readQueryRows: 10000 }
|
||
POST: { readQueryTime: 5, writeQueryTime: 1, readQueryRows: 100000, maxAffected: 1000 }
|
||
POST-nonwrite: { writes: 0, readQueryTime: 5, readQueryRows: 10000 }
|
||
PostSend-GET: { readQueryTime: 5, writeQueryTime: 1, readQueryRows: 10000, maxAffected: 1000, masterConns: 0, writes: 0 }
|
||
PostSend-POST: { readQueryTime: 5, writeQueryTime: 1, readQueryRows: 100000, maxAffected: 1000 }
|
||
JobRunner: { readQueryTime: 30, writeQueryTime: 5, readQueryRows: 100000, maxAffected: 500 }
|
||
Maintenance: { writeQueryTime: 5, maxAffected: 1000 }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Performance expectations for DB usage
|
||
@since 1.26
|
||
DebugLogGroups:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Map of string log group names to log destinations.
|
||
If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
|
||
of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
|
||
in production.
|
||
Log destinations may be one of the following:
|
||
- false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
|
||
- string values specifying a filename or URI.
|
||
- associative array with keys:
|
||
- 'destination' desired filename or URI.
|
||
- 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
|
||
- 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
|
||
to log (optional, since 1.25)
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
|
||
```
|
||
**Advanced example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
|
||
'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
|
||
'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
|
||
'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
MWLoggerDefaultSpi:
|
||
default:
|
||
class: MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi
|
||
mergeStrategy: replace
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
|
||
The value should be an array suitable for use with
|
||
ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
|
||
implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
|
||
details.
|
||
Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
|
||
be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
|
||
and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
|
||
**To completely disable logging:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
|
||
```
|
||
@since 1.25
|
||
@see \MwLogger
|
||
ShowDebug:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
|
||
Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
|
||
SpecialVersionShowHooks:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version'
|
||
ShowExceptionDetails:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Show exception message and stack trace when printing details about uncaught exceptions
|
||
in web response output.
|
||
This may reveal private information in error messages or function parameters.
|
||
If set to false, only the exception type or class name will be exposed.
|
||
LogExceptionBacktrace:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log'
|
||
PropagateErrors:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
|
||
after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
|
||
ShowHostnames:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments'
|
||
OverrideHostname:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
|
||
Should be a string, default false.
|
||
@since 1.20
|
||
DevelopmentWarnings:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
|
||
conditions and for deprecated functions.
|
||
DeprecationReleaseLimit:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
|
||
development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
|
||
after the limit.
|
||
Profiler:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
mergeStrategy: replace
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Profiler configuration.
|
||
To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSettings.php.
|
||
Options:
|
||
- 'class' (`string`): The Profiler subclass to use.
|
||
Default: ProfilerStub.
|
||
- 'sampling' (`integer`): Only enable the profiler on one in this many requests.
|
||
For requests that are not in the sampling,
|
||
the 'class' option will be replaced with ProfilerStub.
|
||
Default: `1`.
|
||
- 'threshold' (`float`): Only process the recorded data if the total elapsed
|
||
time for a request is more than this number of seconds.
|
||
Default: `0.0`.
|
||
- 'output' (`string|string[]`): ProfilerOutput subclass or subclasess to use.
|
||
Default: `[]`.
|
||
The options array is passed in its entirety to the specified
|
||
Profiler `class`. Check individual Profiler subclasses for additional
|
||
options that may be available.
|
||
Profiler subclasses available in MediaWiki core:
|
||
- ProfilerXhprof: Based on XHProf or Tideways-XHProf.
|
||
- ProfilerExcimer: Based on Excimer.
|
||
- ProfilerSectionOnly
|
||
Profiler output classes available in MediaWiki:
|
||
- ProfilerOutputText: outputs profiling data in the web page body as
|
||
a comment. You can make the profiling data in HTML render visibly
|
||
instead by setting the 'visible' configuration flag.
|
||
- ProfilerOutputStats: outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics.
|
||
It expects that $wgStatsdServer is set to the host (or host:port)
|
||
of a statsd server.
|
||
- ProfilerOutputDump: outputs dump files that are compatible
|
||
with the XHProf gui. It expects that `$wgProfiler['outputDir']`
|
||
is set as well.
|
||
Examples:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgProfiler = [
|
||
'class' => ProfilerXhprof::class,
|
||
'output' => ProfilerOutputText::class,
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
```
|
||
$wgProfiler = [
|
||
'class' => ProfilerXhprof::class,
|
||
'output' => [ ProfilerOutputText::class ],
|
||
'sampling' => 50, // one in every 50 requests
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
|
||
could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the `--profiler`
|
||
parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
|
||
@since 1.17.0
|
||
StatsdServer:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Destination of statsd metrics.
|
||
A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
|
||
If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
|
||
@see MediaWiki::emitBufferedStatsdData()
|
||
@since 1.25
|
||
StatsdMetricPrefix:
|
||
default: MediaWiki
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getStatsdDataFactory
|
||
@see \BufferingStatsdDataFactory
|
||
@since 1.25
|
||
StatsdSamplingRates:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
|
||
Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
|
||
Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
|
||
@since 1.28
|
||
StatsTarget:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Stats output target URI e.g. udp://127.0.0.1:8125
|
||
If null, metrics will not be sent.
|
||
Note: this only affects metrics instantiated by the StatsFactory service
|
||
@since 1.38
|
||
StatsFormat:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Stats output format
|
||
If null, metrics will not be rendered nor sent.
|
||
Note: this only affects metrics instantiated by the StatsFactory service
|
||
@see \Wikimedia\Stats\OutputFormats::SUPPORTED_FORMATS
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
StatsPrefix:
|
||
default: mediawiki
|
||
type: string
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Stats service name prefix
|
||
Required. Must not be zero-length.
|
||
Defaults to: 'mediawiki'
|
||
Note: this only affects metrics instantiated by the StatsFactory service
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
PageInfoTransclusionLimit:
|
||
default: 50
|
||
description: |-
|
||
InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
|
||
This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
|
||
templates.
|
||
EnableJavaScriptTest:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Allow running of QUnit tests via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]].'
|
||
CachePrefix:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
|
||
@since 1.19
|
||
DebugToolbar:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
|
||
queries and other useful output.
|
||
Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseCdn is enabled.
|
||
@since 1.19
|
||
DisableTextSearch:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.'
|
||
AdvancedSearchHighlighting:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
|
||
by default off due to execution overhead
|
||
SearchHighlightBoundaries:
|
||
default: '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
|
||
should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
|
||
OpenSearchTemplates:
|
||
default:
|
||
application/x-suggestions+json: false
|
||
application/x-suggestions+xml: false
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
|
||
Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
|
||
PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
|
||
Placeholders: {searchTerms}
|
||
OpenSearchDefaultLimit:
|
||
default: 10
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Integer defining default number of entries to show on
|
||
OpenSearch call.
|
||
OpenSearchDescriptionLength:
|
||
default: 100
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of
|
||
sentence.
|
||
SearchSuggestCacheExpiry:
|
||
default: 1200
|
||
description: 'Expiry time for search suggestion responses'
|
||
DisableSearchUpdate:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
|
||
table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
|
||
NamespacesToBeSearchedDefault:
|
||
default:
|
||
- true
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of namespaces which are searched by default.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
|
||
$wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
|
||
```
|
||
DisableInternalSearch:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
|
||
implemented by an extension instead.
|
||
SearchForwardUrl:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
|
||
If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
|
||
search term. Before using this, $wgDisableTextSearch must be set to true.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
To forward to Google you'd have something like:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgSearchForwardUrl =
|
||
'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
|
||
'&domains=https://example.com' .
|
||
'&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
|
||
'&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
|
||
```
|
||
SitemapNamespaces:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- boolean
|
||
- array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
|
||
maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
|
||
generated for all namespaces.
|
||
SitemapNamespacesPriorities:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- boolean
|
||
- object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
|
||
set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
|
||
maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
|
||
This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
|
||
NS_USER => '0.9',
|
||
NS_HELP => '0.0',
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
EnableSearchContributorsByIP:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
|
||
contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
|
||
[[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
|
||
SpecialSearchFormOptions:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Options for Special:Search completion widget form created by SearchFormWidget class.
|
||
Settings that can be used:
|
||
- showDescriptions: true/false - whether to show opensearch description results
|
||
- performSearchOnClick: true/false - whether to perform search on click
|
||
See also TitleWidget.js UI widget.
|
||
@since 1.34
|
||
SearchMatchRedirectPreference:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set true to allow logged-in users to set a preference whether or not matches in
|
||
search results should force redirection to that page. If false, the preference is
|
||
not exposed and cannot be altered from site default. To change your site's default
|
||
preference, set via $wgDefaultUserOptions['search-match-redirect'].
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
SearchRunSuggestedQuery:
|
||
default: true
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
|
||
these suggestions.
|
||
@since 1.26
|
||
Diff3:
|
||
default: /usr/bin/diff3
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
|
||
fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
|
||
Diff:
|
||
default: /usr/bin/diff
|
||
description: 'Path to the GNU diff utility.'
|
||
PreviewOnOpenNamespaces:
|
||
default:
|
||
14: true
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
|
||
Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
|
||
can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
|
||
UniversalEditButton:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
|
||
(currently only Firefox with an extension)
|
||
See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
|
||
UseAutomaticEditSummaries:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
|
||
will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
|
||
ting this variable false.
|
||
CommandLineDarkBg:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?'
|
||
ReadOnly:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
|
||
used as an explanation to users.
|
||
This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
|
||
still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
|
||
option in MySQL.
|
||
ReadOnlyWatchedItemStore:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
|
||
@since 1.31
|
||
ReadOnlyFile:
|
||
default: false
|
||
dynamicDefault:
|
||
use: [UploadDirectory]
|
||
callback: [MediaWiki\MainConfigSchema, getDefaultReadOnlyFile]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
|
||
Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
|
||
message.
|
||
Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
|
||
UpgradeKey:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
|
||
this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
|
||
used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
|
||
For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
|
||
by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
|
||
delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
|
||
GitBin:
|
||
default: /usr/bin/git
|
||
description: 'Fully specified path to git binary'
|
||
GitRepositoryViewers:
|
||
default:
|
||
'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)': 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H'
|
||
'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)': 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H'
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
|
||
Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
|
||
without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
|
||
The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
|
||
%h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
|
||
full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
|
||
%r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
|
||
%R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
|
||
@since 1.20
|
||
RCMaxAge:
|
||
default: 7776000
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
|
||
seconds will go.
|
||
Default: 90 days = about three months
|
||
WatchersMaxAge:
|
||
default: 15552000
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
|
||
Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
|
||
@since 1.26
|
||
UnwatchedPageSecret:
|
||
default: 1
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
|
||
Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
|
||
Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
|
||
@since 1.26
|
||
RCFilterByAge:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
|
||
higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
|
||
because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
|
||
reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
|
||
is still there.
|
||
RCLinkLimits:
|
||
default:
|
||
- 50
|
||
- 100
|
||
- 250
|
||
- 500
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
|
||
Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
|
||
RCLinkDays:
|
||
default:
|
||
- 1
|
||
- 3
|
||
- 7
|
||
- 14
|
||
- 30
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
|
||
Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\SpecialPage\ChangesListSpecialPage::getLinkDays
|
||
RCFeeds:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
|
||
The following feed classes are available by default:
|
||
- 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
|
||
- 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
|
||
Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
|
||
RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
|
||
passed to the constructor.
|
||
Common options:
|
||
- 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
|
||
- 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
|
||
- 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
|
||
- 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
|
||
- 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
|
||
- 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
|
||
FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
|
||
- 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
|
||
The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
|
||
to determine which FormattedRCFeed class to use.
|
||
- 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
|
||
produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
|
||
Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
|
||
IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
|
||
IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
|
||
- 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
|
||
the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array
|
||
JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
|
||
- 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
|
||
**Examples:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
|
||
'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
|
||
'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
|
||
'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
|
||
'omit_bots' => true,
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
```
|
||
$wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
|
||
'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
|
||
'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
|
||
'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
|
||
'omit_bots' => true,
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
```
|
||
$wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
|
||
'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
@since 1.22
|
||
RCEngines:
|
||
default:
|
||
redis: MediaWiki\RCFeed\RedisPubSubFeedEngine
|
||
udp: MediaWiki\RCFeed\UDPRCFeedEngine
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
|
||
Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
|
||
@since 1.22
|
||
RCWatchCategoryMembership:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
|
||
Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
|
||
- creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
|
||
- edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
|
||
- move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
|
||
- deletion: nothing is mentioned
|
||
- undeletion: nothing is mentioned
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
UseRCPatrol:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
|
||
New pages and new files are included.
|
||
@note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
|
||
remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
|
||
Special:Log.
|
||
StructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate:
|
||
default: 3
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
|
||
of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
|
||
0 to disable completely.
|
||
UseNPPatrol:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
|
||
@note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
|
||
remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
|
||
Special:Log.
|
||
UseFilePatrol:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
|
||
@note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
|
||
remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
|
||
Special:Log.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
Feed:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages'
|
||
FeedLimit:
|
||
default: 50
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
|
||
eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
|
||
FeedCacheTimeout:
|
||
default: 60
|
||
description: |-
|
||
_Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
|
||
A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
|
||
are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
|
||
If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
|
||
feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
|
||
FeedDiffCutoff:
|
||
default: 32768
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
|
||
pages larger than this size.
|
||
OverrideSiteFeed:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
|
||
every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
|
||
instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
|
||
Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
|
||
as value.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
|
||
```
|
||
$wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
|
||
```
|
||
FeedClasses:
|
||
default:
|
||
rss: MediaWiki\Feed\RSSFeed
|
||
atom: MediaWiki\Feed\AtomFeed
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Available feeds objects.
|
||
Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
|
||
$wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
|
||
AdvertisedFeedTypes:
|
||
default:
|
||
- atom
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
|
||
'atom', neither, or both.
|
||
RCShowWatchingUsers:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views'
|
||
RCShowChangedSize:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes'
|
||
RCChangedSizeThreshold:
|
||
default: 500
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If the difference between the character counts of the text
|
||
before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
|
||
highlighted on the RC page.
|
||
ShowUpdatedMarker:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
|
||
view for watched pages with new changes
|
||
DisableAnonTalk:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
|
||
pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
|
||
UseTagFilter:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
|
||
Has no effect if no tags are defined.
|
||
SoftwareTags:
|
||
default:
|
||
mw-contentmodelchange: true
|
||
mw-new-redirect: true
|
||
mw-removed-redirect: true
|
||
mw-changed-redirect-target: true
|
||
mw-blank: true
|
||
mw-replace: true
|
||
mw-rollback: true
|
||
mw-undo: true
|
||
mw-manual-revert: true
|
||
mw-reverted: true
|
||
mw-server-side-upload: true
|
||
type: object
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of core tags to enable.
|
||
@since 1.31
|
||
@since 1.36 Added 'mw-manual-revert' and 'mw-reverted'
|
||
@see \ChangeTags::TAG_CONTENT_MODEL_CHANGE
|
||
@see \ChangeTags::TAG_NEW_REDIRECT
|
||
@see \ChangeTags::TAG_REMOVED_REDIRECT
|
||
@see \ChangeTags::TAG_CHANGED_REDIRECT_TARGET
|
||
@see \ChangeTags::TAG_BLANK
|
||
@see \ChangeTags::TAG_REPLACE
|
||
@see \ChangeTags::TAG_ROLLBACK
|
||
@see \ChangeTags::TAG_UNDO
|
||
@see \ChangeTags::TAG_MANUAL_REVERT
|
||
@see \ChangeTags::TAG_REVERTED
|
||
@see \ChangeTags::TAG_SERVER_SIDE_UPLOAD
|
||
UnwatchedPageThreshold:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
|
||
will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
|
||
watchers.
|
||
@since 1.21
|
||
RecentChangesFlags:
|
||
default:
|
||
newpage: { letter: newpageletter, title: recentchanges-label-newpage, legend: recentchanges-legend-newpage, grouping: any }
|
||
minor: { letter: minoreditletter, title: recentchanges-label-minor, legend: recentchanges-legend-minor, class: minoredit, grouping: all }
|
||
bot: { letter: boteditletter, title: recentchanges-label-bot, legend: recentchanges-legend-bot, class: botedit, grouping: all }
|
||
unpatrolled: { letter: unpatrolledletter, title: recentchanges-label-unpatrolled, legend: recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled, grouping: any }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
|
||
certain types of edits.
|
||
To register a new one:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
|
||
// message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
|
||
'letter' => 'letter-msg',
|
||
// message for the tooltip of the letter
|
||
'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
|
||
// optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
|
||
'legend' => 'legend-msg',
|
||
// optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
|
||
'class' => 'css-class',
|
||
// optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
|
||
// will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
|
||
// only be set if all lines contain the flag.
|
||
'grouping' => 'any',
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
@since 1.22
|
||
WatchlistExpiry:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to enable the watchlist expiry feature.
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
WatchlistPurgeRate:
|
||
default: 0.1
|
||
type: number
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Chance of expired watchlist items being purged on any page edit.
|
||
Only has effect if $wgWatchlistExpiry is true.
|
||
If this is zero, expired watchlist items will not be removed
|
||
and the purgeExpiredWatchlistItems.php maintenance script should be run periodically.
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
WatchlistExpiryMaxDuration:
|
||
default: '1 year'
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Relative maximum duration for watchlist expiries, as accepted by strtotime().
|
||
This relates to finite watchlist expiries only. Pages can be watched indefinitely
|
||
regardless of what this is set to.
|
||
This is used to ensure the watchlist_expiry table doesn't grow to be too big.
|
||
Only has effect if $wgWatchlistExpiry is true.
|
||
Set to null to allow expiries of any duration.
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
RightsPage:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Override for copyright metadata.
|
||
This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
|
||
which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
|
||
$wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
|
||
RightsUrl:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
|
||
wiki.
|
||
If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
|
||
RightsText:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for
|
||
the link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
|
||
If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the
|
||
name
|
||
of the page will also be used as the link text if this variable is not set.
|
||
RightsIcon:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: 'Override for copyright metadata.'
|
||
UseCopyrightUpload:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.'
|
||
MaxCredits:
|
||
default: 0
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
|
||
article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
|
||
number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
|
||
database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
|
||
large wikis.
|
||
ShowCreditsIfMax:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
|
||
Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
|
||
ImportSources:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
|
||
Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
|
||
imported, these should be 'trusted'.
|
||
This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
|
||
subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
|
||
e.g.
|
||
```
|
||
$wgImportSources = [
|
||
'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
|
||
'wikispecies',
|
||
'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
|
||
the ImportSources hook.
|
||
If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
|
||
they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
|
||
ImportTargetNamespace:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
|
||
Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
|
||
Set to numeric key, not the name.
|
||
Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
|
||
ExportAllowHistory:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
|
||
This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
|
||
disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
|
||
ExportMaxHistory:
|
||
default: 0
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
|
||
more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
|
||
could get bogged down by very very long pages.
|
||
ExportAllowListContributors:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)'
|
||
ExportMaxLinkDepth:
|
||
default: 0
|
||
description: |-
|
||
If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
|
||
up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
|
||
pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
|
||
can become *really really large* and could easily break your wiki,
|
||
it's disabled by default for now.
|
||
@warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
|
||
crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
|
||
high. In other words, last resort safety net.
|
||
ExportFromNamespaces:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option'
|
||
ExportAllowAll:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: 'Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file'
|
||
ExportPagelistLimit:
|
||
default: 5000
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
|
||
GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
XmlDumpSchemaVersion:
|
||
default: '0.11'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The schema to use by default when generating XML dumps. This allows sites to control
|
||
explicitly when to make breaking changes to their export and dump format.
|
||
WikiFarmSettingsDirectory:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
A directory that contains site-specific configuration files.
|
||
Setting this will enable multi-tenant ("wiki farm") mode, causing
|
||
site-specific settings to be loaded based on information from the web request.
|
||
@unstable EXPERIMENTAL
|
||
@since 1.38
|
||
WikiFarmSettingsExtension:
|
||
default: yaml
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The file extension to be used when looking up site-specific settings files in
|
||
$wgWikiFarmSettingsDirectory, such as 'json' or 'yaml'.
|
||
@unstable EXPERIMENTAL
|
||
@since 1.38
|
||
ExtensionFunctions:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
|
||
initialised
|
||
ExtensionMessagesFiles:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Extension messages files.
|
||
Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
|
||
found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
|
||
present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
|
||
is the most common.
|
||
Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
|
||
in the core.
|
||
Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
|
||
messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
|
||
$messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
|
||
any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
|
||
Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
|
||
earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
|
||
by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
|
||
as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
|
||
```
|
||
MessagesDirs:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Extension messages directories.
|
||
Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
|
||
be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
|
||
en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
|
||
message directories.
|
||
Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
|
||
**Simple example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
|
||
```
|
||
**Complex example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
|
||
__DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
|
||
__DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
|
||
__DIR__ . '/i18n',
|
||
]
|
||
```
|
||
@since 1.23
|
||
TranslationAliasesDirs:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Message directories containing JSON files for localisation of special page aliases.
|
||
Associative array mapping extension name to the directory where configurations can be
|
||
found. The directory is expected to contain JSON files corresponding to each language code.
|
||
Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
|
||
in the core. We recommend using this configuration to set variables that require localisation:
|
||
special page aliases, and in the future namespace aliases and magic words.
|
||
**Simple example**: extension.json
|
||
```
|
||
"TranslationAliasesDirs": {
|
||
"TranslationNotificationsAlias": "i18n/aliases/"
|
||
}
|
||
```
|
||
**Complex example**: extension.json
|
||
```
|
||
"TranslationAliasesDirs": {
|
||
"TranslationNotificationsAlias": [ "i18n/special-page-aliases", "i18n/magic-words", "i18n/namespaces" ]
|
||
}
|
||
```
|
||
@unstable EXPERIMENTAL
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
ExtensionEntryPointListFiles:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
|
||
maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
|
||
@since 1.22
|
||
EnableParserLimitReporting:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment'
|
||
ValidSkinNames:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of valid skin names
|
||
The key should be the name in all lower case.
|
||
As of 1.35, the value should be a an array in the form of the ObjectFactory specification.
|
||
For example for 'foobarskin' where the PHP class is 'MediaWiki\Skins\FooBar\FooBarSkin' set:
|
||
**skin.json Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
"ValidSkinNames": {
|
||
"foobarskin": {
|
||
"displayname": "FooBarSkin",
|
||
"class": "MediaWiki\\Skins\\FooBar\\FooBarSkin"
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
```
|
||
Historically, the value was a properly cased name for the skin (and is still currently
|
||
supported). This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create the class name of the
|
||
skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor if you wish to have access to the
|
||
full list.
|
||
SpecialPages:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
|
||
special pages to either a class name or a ObjectFactory spec to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
|
||
creating the special page object. In all cases, the result must be an instance of SpecialPage.
|
||
ExtensionCredits:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Add information about an installed extension, keyed by its type.
|
||
This is for use from LocalSettings.php and legacy PHP-entrypoint
|
||
extensions. In general, extensions should (only) declare this
|
||
information in their extension.json file.
|
||
The 'name', 'path' and 'author' keys are required.
|
||
```
|
||
$wgExtensionCredits['other'][] = [
|
||
'path' => __FILE__,
|
||
'name' => 'Example extension',
|
||
'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
|
||
'author' => [
|
||
'Foo Barstein',
|
||
],
|
||
'version' => '0.0.1',
|
||
'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
|
||
'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
|
||
'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
|
||
named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
|
||
view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
|
||
interpreted as wikitext.
|
||
- $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
|
||
'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
|
||
ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
|
||
- name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
|
||
Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
|
||
the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
|
||
required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
|
||
- namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
|
||
extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
|
||
usually are.)
|
||
- author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
|
||
the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
|
||
"and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
|
||
for instance "[https://example ...]".
|
||
- descriptionmsg: A message key or an array with message key and parameters:
|
||
`'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
|
||
- description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
|
||
localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
|
||
- license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
|
||
as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\Specials\SpecialVersion::getCredits
|
||
Hooks:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
mergeStrategy: array_merge_recursive
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Global list of hooks.
|
||
The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
|
||
a description for most of them in their respective hook interfaces. For
|
||
overview of the hook system see docs/Hooks.md. The array is used internally
|
||
by HookContainer::run().
|
||
The value can be one of:
|
||
- A function name: `$wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;`
|
||
- A function with some data: `$wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];`
|
||
- A an object method: `$wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];`
|
||
- A closure:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
|
||
// Handler code goes here.
|
||
};
|
||
```
|
||
@warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
|
||
deleting a previous registered hook.
|
||
@warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
|
||
handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
|
||
ServiceWiringFiles:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices. Each
|
||
file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names to
|
||
instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
|
||
However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices hook
|
||
for that.
|
||
@note the default wiring file will be added automatically by Setup.php
|
||
@see \MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices
|
||
@see \Wikimedia\Services\ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading
|
||
service instantiator functions.
|
||
@see docs/Injection.md for an overview of dependency
|
||
injection in MediaWiki.
|
||
JobClasses:
|
||
default:
|
||
deletePage: DeletePageJob
|
||
refreshLinks: RefreshLinksJob
|
||
deleteLinks: DeleteLinksJob
|
||
htmlCacheUpdate: HTMLCacheUpdateJob
|
||
sendMail: { class: EmaillingJob, services: [Emailer] }
|
||
enotifNotify: EnotifNotifyJob
|
||
fixDoubleRedirect: { class: DoubleRedirectJob, services: [RevisionLookup, MagicWordFactory, WikiPageFactory], needsPage: true }
|
||
AssembleUploadChunks: AssembleUploadChunksJob
|
||
PublishStashedFile: PublishStashedFileJob
|
||
ThumbnailRender: ThumbnailRenderJob
|
||
UploadFromUrl: UploadFromUrlJob
|
||
recentChangesUpdate: RecentChangesUpdateJob
|
||
refreshLinksPrioritized: RefreshLinksJob
|
||
refreshLinksDynamic: RefreshLinksJob
|
||
activityUpdateJob: MediaWiki\Watchlist\ActivityUpdateJob
|
||
categoryMembershipChange: CategoryMembershipChangeJob
|
||
clearUserWatchlist: MediaWiki\Watchlist\ClearUserWatchlistJob
|
||
watchlistExpiry: MediaWiki\Watchlist\WatchlistExpiryJob
|
||
cdnPurge: CdnPurgeJob
|
||
userGroupExpiry: UserGroupExpiryJob
|
||
clearWatchlistNotifications: MediaWiki\Watchlist\ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob
|
||
userOptionsUpdate: UserOptionsUpdateJob
|
||
revertedTagUpdate: RevertedTagUpdateJob
|
||
'null': NullJob
|
||
userEditCountInit: UserEditCountInitJob
|
||
parsoidCachePrewarm: { class: ParsoidCachePrewarmJob, services: [ParsoidOutputAccess, PageStore, RevisionLookup, ParsoidSiteConfig], needsPage: false }
|
||
renameUser: { class: MediaWiki\RenameUser\RenameUserJob, services: [MainConfig, DBLoadBalancerFactory] }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
|
||
can add to this to provide custom jobs.
|
||
Since 1.40, job handlers can be specified as object specs
|
||
for use with ObjectFactory, using an array, a plain class name,
|
||
or a callback.
|
||
@note The constructor signature of job classes has to follow one of two patterns:
|
||
Either it takes a parameter array as the first argument, followed by any services it
|
||
needs to have injected: ( array $params, ... ).
|
||
Or it takes a PageReference as the first parameter, followed by the parameter array,
|
||
followed by any services: ( PageReference $page, array $params, ... ).
|
||
In order to signal to the JobFactory that the $page parameter should be omitted from
|
||
the constructor arguments, the job class has to be a subclass of GenericParameterJob,
|
||
or the object specification for the job has to set the 'needsPage' key to false.
|
||
If a callback is used, its signature follows the same rules.
|
||
JobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue:
|
||
default:
|
||
- AssembleUploadChunks
|
||
- PublishStashedFile
|
||
- UploadFromUrl
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
|
||
special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
|
||
These can be:
|
||
- Very long-running jobs.
|
||
- Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
|
||
- Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
|
||
machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
|
||
These settings should be global to all wikis.
|
||
JobBackoffThrottling:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: number
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
|
||
on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
|
||
but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
|
||
may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
|
||
This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
|
||
These settings should be global to all wikis.
|
||
JobTypeConf:
|
||
default:
|
||
default: { class: JobQueueDB, order: random, claimTTL: 3600 }
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: object
|
||
properties: { class: { type: string }, order: { type: string }, claimTTL: { type: integer } }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Map of job types to configuration arrays.
|
||
This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
|
||
Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
|
||
These settings should be global to all wikis.
|
||
JobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
|
||
for the API's maxlag parameter.
|
||
The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
|
||
estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
|
||
so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
|
||
queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
|
||
that limit is hit.
|
||
@since 1.29
|
||
SpecialPageCacheUpdates:
|
||
default:
|
||
Statistics: [MediaWiki\Deferred\SiteStatsUpdate, cacheUpdate]
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
|
||
Expensive Querypages are already updated.
|
||
PagePropLinkInvalidations:
|
||
default:
|
||
hiddencat: categorylinks
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
|
||
changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
|
||
adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
|
||
have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
|
||
This array can be added to by extensions.
|
||
CategoryMagicGallery:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
|
||
category instead of listing them as articles.
|
||
CategoryPagingLimit:
|
||
default: 200
|
||
description: 'Paging limit for categories'
|
||
CategoryCollation:
|
||
default: uppercase
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
|
||
A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
|
||
Available values are:
|
||
- uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
|
||
- identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
|
||
- uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
|
||
the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
|
||
all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
|
||
To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
|
||
installed. See https://www.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
|
||
resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
|
||
server.
|
||
After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
|
||
the sort keys in the database.
|
||
Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
|
||
and using the Collation::factory hook.
|
||
TempCategoryCollations:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Additional category collations to store during LinksUpdate. This can be used
|
||
to perform online migration of categories from one collation to another. An
|
||
array of associative arrays each having the following keys:
|
||
- table: (string) The table name
|
||
- collation: (string) The collation to use for cl_sortkey
|
||
- fakeCollation: (string) The collation name to insert into cl_collation
|
||
@since 1.38
|
||
TrackingCategories:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
deprecated: |-
|
||
since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using the new
|
||
extension registration system.
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Array holding default tracking category names.
|
||
Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
|
||
Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
|
||
It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
|
||
A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
|
||
to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
|
||
@deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
|
||
the new extension registration system.
|
||
@since 1.23
|
||
LogTypes:
|
||
default:
|
||
- ''
|
||
- block
|
||
- protect
|
||
- rights
|
||
- delete
|
||
- upload
|
||
- move
|
||
- import
|
||
- patrol
|
||
- merge
|
||
- suppress
|
||
- tag
|
||
- managetags
|
||
- contentmodel
|
||
- renameuser
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
|
||
general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
|
||
an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
|
||
log type.
|
||
Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
|
||
log types instead of checking the global variable.
|
||
LogRestrictions:
|
||
default:
|
||
suppress: suppressionlog
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
|
||
Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
|
||
Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
|
||
Logs should remain non-transcludable
|
||
Format: logtype => permissiontype
|
||
FilterLogTypes:
|
||
default:
|
||
patrol: true
|
||
tag: true
|
||
newusers: false
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
|
||
This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
|
||
See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
`$wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];`
|
||
Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
|
||
hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
|
||
default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
|
||
A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
|
||
used for the link text.
|
||
LogNames:
|
||
default:
|
||
'': all-logs-page
|
||
block: blocklogpage
|
||
protect: protectlogpage
|
||
rights: rightslog
|
||
delete: dellogpage
|
||
upload: uploadlogpage
|
||
move: movelogpage
|
||
import: importlogpage
|
||
patrol: patrol-log-page
|
||
merge: mergelog
|
||
suppress: suppressionlog
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
|
||
will be listed in the user interface.
|
||
Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
|
||
@since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
|
||
where TYPE is your log type, you don't need to use this array.
|
||
LogHeaders:
|
||
default:
|
||
'': alllogstext
|
||
block: blocklogtext
|
||
delete: dellogpagetext
|
||
import: importlogpagetext
|
||
merge: mergelogpagetext
|
||
move: movelogpagetext
|
||
patrol: patrol-log-header
|
||
protect: protectlogtext
|
||
rights: rightslogtext
|
||
suppress: suppressionlogtext
|
||
upload: uploadlogpagetext
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
|
||
top of each log type.
|
||
Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
|
||
@since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
|
||
where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
|
||
LogActions:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maps log actions to message keys, for formatting log entries of each type
|
||
and action when displaying logs to the user.
|
||
The array keys are composed as "$type/$action".
|
||
Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
|
||
LogActionsHandlers:
|
||
default:
|
||
block/block: BlockLogFormatter
|
||
block/reblock: BlockLogFormatter
|
||
block/unblock: BlockLogFormatter
|
||
contentmodel/change: ContentModelLogFormatter
|
||
contentmodel/new: ContentModelLogFormatter
|
||
delete/delete: DeleteLogFormatter
|
||
delete/delete_redir: DeleteLogFormatter
|
||
delete/delete_redir2: DeleteLogFormatter
|
||
delete/event: DeleteLogFormatter
|
||
delete/restore: DeleteLogFormatter
|
||
delete/revision: DeleteLogFormatter
|
||
import/interwiki: ImportLogFormatter
|
||
import/upload: ImportLogFormatter
|
||
managetags/activate: LogFormatter
|
||
managetags/create: LogFormatter
|
||
managetags/deactivate: LogFormatter
|
||
managetags/delete: LogFormatter
|
||
merge/merge: MergeLogFormatter
|
||
move/move: MoveLogFormatter
|
||
move/move_redir: MoveLogFormatter
|
||
patrol/patrol: PatrolLogFormatter
|
||
patrol/autopatrol: PatrolLogFormatter
|
||
protect/modify: ProtectLogFormatter
|
||
protect/move_prot: ProtectLogFormatter
|
||
protect/protect: ProtectLogFormatter
|
||
protect/unprotect: ProtectLogFormatter
|
||
renameuser/renameuser: RenameuserLogFormatter
|
||
rights/autopromote: RightsLogFormatter
|
||
rights/rights: RightsLogFormatter
|
||
suppress/block: BlockLogFormatter
|
||
suppress/delete: DeleteLogFormatter
|
||
suppress/event: DeleteLogFormatter
|
||
suppress/reblock: BlockLogFormatter
|
||
suppress/revision: DeleteLogFormatter
|
||
tag/update: TagLogFormatter
|
||
upload/overwrite: UploadLogFormatter
|
||
upload/revert: UploadLogFormatter
|
||
upload/upload: UploadLogFormatter
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The same as above, but here values are class names or ObjectFactory specifications,
|
||
not messages. The specification must resolve to a LogFormatter subclass,
|
||
and will receive the LogEntry object as its first constructor argument.
|
||
The type can be specified as '*' (e.g. 'block/*') to handle all types.
|
||
@see \LogPage::actionText
|
||
@see \LogFormatter
|
||
ActionFilteredLogs:
|
||
default:
|
||
block: { block: [block], reblock: [reblock], unblock: [unblock] }
|
||
contentmodel: { change: [change], new: [new] }
|
||
delete: { delete: [delete], delete_redir: [delete_redir, delete_redir2], restore: [restore], event: [event], revision: [revision] }
|
||
import: { interwiki: [interwiki], upload: [upload] }
|
||
managetags: { create: [create], delete: [delete], activate: [activate], deactivate: [deactivate] }
|
||
move: { move: [move], move_redir: [move_redir] }
|
||
newusers: { create: [create, newusers], create2: [create2], autocreate: [autocreate], byemail: [byemail] }
|
||
protect: { protect: [protect], modify: [modify], unprotect: [unprotect], move_prot: [move_prot] }
|
||
rights: { rights: [rights], autopromote: [autopromote] }
|
||
suppress: { event: [event], revision: [revision], delete: [delete], block: [block], reblock: [reblock] }
|
||
upload: { upload: [upload], overwrite: [overwrite], revert: [revert] }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of log types that can be filtered by action types
|
||
To each action is associated the list of log_action
|
||
subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
|
||
Extensions may append to this array
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
NewUserLog:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?'
|
||
PageCreationLog:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
|
||
@since 1.32
|
||
AllowSpecialInclusion:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}'
|
||
DisableQueryPageUpdate:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
|
||
maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
|
||
Mapping each special page name to a run mode like 'periodical' if a cronjob is set up.
|
||
CountCategorizedImagesAsUsed:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
|
||
into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
|
||
MaxRedirectLinksRetrieved:
|
||
default: 500
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
|
||
Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
|
||
RangeContributionsCIDRLimit:
|
||
default:
|
||
IPv4: 16
|
||
IPv6: 32
|
||
type: object
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: integer
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
|
||
at Special:Contributions.
|
||
@since 1.30
|
||
Actions:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Map of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter.
|
||
to the corresponding handler code.
|
||
See ActionFactory for the syntax. Core defaults are in ActionFactory::CORE_ACTIONS,
|
||
anything here overrides that.
|
||
DefaultRobotPolicy:
|
||
default: 'index,follow'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
|
||
lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
|
||
basis.
|
||
NamespaceRobotPolicies:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
|
||
is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
|
||
not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
|
||
nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
|
||
many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
|
||
URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
|
||
pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
|
||
```
|
||
ArticleRobotPolicies:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
|
||
Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
|
||
text form title and the value is a robot policy.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
|
||
'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
|
||
'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
**Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text**
|
||
forms:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
|
||
// Underscore, not space!
|
||
'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
|
||
// "Project", not the actual project name!
|
||
'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
|
||
// Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
|
||
'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
ExemptFromUserRobotsControl:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- array
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
|
||
will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
|
||
indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
|
||
```
|
||
DebugAPI:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
|
||
Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
|
||
This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
|
||
a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
|
||
will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
|
||
Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
|
||
At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
|
||
requiring POST.
|
||
@since 1.21
|
||
APIModules:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
API module extensions.
|
||
Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
|
||
Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
|
||
the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
|
||
'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
|
||
That factory function will be called with two parameters,
|
||
the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
|
||
and the name the module was registered under. The return
|
||
value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
|
||
field.
|
||
For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
|
||
simple string containing the module's class name. In that
|
||
case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
|
||
module and module name as parameters, as described above.
|
||
Examples for registering API modules:
|
||
```
|
||
$wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
|
||
$wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
|
||
'class' => ApiBar::class,
|
||
'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
|
||
];
|
||
$wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
|
||
'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
|
||
'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
Extension modules may override the core modules.
|
||
See ApiMain::MODULES for a list of the core modules.
|
||
APIFormatModules:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
API format module extensions.
|
||
Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
|
||
Extension modules may override the core modules.
|
||
See ApiMain::FORMATS for a list of the core format modules.
|
||
APIMetaModules:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
API Query meta module extensions.
|
||
Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
|
||
Extension modules may override the core modules.
|
||
See ApiQuery::QUERY_META_MODULES for a list of the core meta modules.
|
||
APIPropModules:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
API Query prop module extensions.
|
||
Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
|
||
Extension modules may override the core modules.
|
||
See ApiQuery::QUERY_PROP_MODULES for a list of the core prop modules.
|
||
APIListModules:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
API Query list module extensions.
|
||
Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
|
||
Extension modules may override the core modules.
|
||
See ApiQuery::QUERY_LIST_MODULES for a list of the core list modules.
|
||
APIMaxDBRows:
|
||
default: 5000
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
|
||
The default value is generally fine
|
||
APIMaxResultSize:
|
||
default: 8388608
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
|
||
@warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
|
||
APIMaxUncachedDiffs:
|
||
default: 1
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
|
||
request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
|
||
APIMaxLagThreshold:
|
||
default: 7
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
|
||
before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
|
||
This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
|
||
APIRequestLog:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
|
||
API request logging
|
||
APICacheHelpTimeout:
|
||
default: 3600
|
||
description: 'Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled'
|
||
APIUselessQueryPages:
|
||
default:
|
||
- MIMEsearch
|
||
- LinkSearch
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
|
||
API queries.
|
||
AjaxLicensePreview:
|
||
default: true
|
||
description: 'Enable previewing licences via AJAX.'
|
||
CrossSiteAJAXdomains:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
|
||
Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
|
||
from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
|
||
This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
|
||
$wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
|
||
- '*' matches any number of characters
|
||
- '?' matches any 1 character
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
$wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
|
||
'www.mediawiki.org',
|
||
'*.wikipedia.org',
|
||
'*.wikimedia.org',
|
||
'*.wiktionary.org',
|
||
];
|
||
```
|
||
CrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
|
||
even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
|
||
Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
|
||
AllowedCorsHeaders:
|
||
default:
|
||
- Accept
|
||
- Accept-Language
|
||
- Content-Language
|
||
- Content-Type
|
||
- Accept-Encoding
|
||
- DNT
|
||
- Origin
|
||
- User-Agent
|
||
- Api-User-Agent
|
||
- Access-Control-Max-Age
|
||
- Authorization
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: 'List of allowed headers for cross-origin API requests.'
|
||
RestAPIAdditionalRouteFiles:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Additional REST API Route files.
|
||
A common usage is to enable development/experimental endpoints only on test wikis.
|
||
RestSandboxSpecs:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: object
|
||
properties: { url: { type: string, format: url }, name: { type: string }, msg: { type: string, description: 'a message key' } }
|
||
required: [url]
|
||
description: |-
|
||
A list of OpenAPI specs to be made available for exploration on
|
||
Special:RestSandbox. If none are given, Special:RestSandbox is disabled.
|
||
This is an associative array, arbitrary spec IDs to spec descriptions.
|
||
Each spec description is an array with the following keys:
|
||
- url: the URL that will return the OpenAPI spec.
|
||
- name: the name of the API, to be shown on Special:RestSandbox.
|
||
Ignored if msg is given.
|
||
- msg: a message key for the name of the API, to be shown on
|
||
Special:RestSandbox.
|
||
@since 1.43
|
||
MaxShellMemory:
|
||
default: 307200
|
||
description: 'Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KiB.'
|
||
MaxShellFileSize:
|
||
default: 102400
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KiB
|
||
ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
|
||
MaxShellTime:
|
||
default: 180
|
||
description: 'Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux'
|
||
MaxShellWallClockTime:
|
||
default: 180
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
|
||
would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
|
||
ShellCgroup:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
|
||
commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
|
||
If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
|
||
causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
|
||
them segfault or deadlock.
|
||
A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
|
||
a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
|
||
kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
|
||
**Example:**
|
||
```
|
||
mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
|
||
mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
|
||
echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
|
||
```
|
||
The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
|
||
notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
|
||
https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
|
||
PhpCli:
|
||
default: /usr/bin/php
|
||
description: 'Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.'
|
||
ShellRestrictionMethod:
|
||
default: autodetect
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Method to use to restrict shell commands
|
||
Supported options:
|
||
- 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
|
||
- 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
|
||
- false: Don't use any restrictions
|
||
@note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
|
||
from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
|
||
@since 1.31
|
||
ShellboxUrls:
|
||
default:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type: object
|
||
additionalProperties:
|
||
type: [string, boolean, 'null']
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Shell commands can be run on a remote server using Shellbox. To use this
|
||
feature, set this to the URLs mapped by the service, and also configure $wgShellboxSecretKey.
|
||
You can also disable a certain service by setting it to false or null.
|
||
'default' would be the default URL if no URL is defined for that service.
|
||
For more information about installing Shellbox, see
|
||
https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Shellbox
|
||
@since 1.37
|
||
ShellboxSecretKey:
|
||
default: null
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The secret key for HMAC verification of Shellbox requests. Set this to
|
||
a long random string.
|
||
@since 1.36
|
||
ShellboxShell:
|
||
default: /bin/sh
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- 'null'
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The POSIX-compatible shell to use when running scripts. This is used by
|
||
some media handling shell commands.
|
||
If ShellboxUrls is configured, this path should exist on the remote side.
|
||
On Windows this should be the full path to bash.exe, not git-bash.exe.
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
HTTPTimeout:
|
||
default: 25
|
||
type: number
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
|
||
@since 1.5
|
||
HTTPConnectTimeout:
|
||
default: 5.0
|
||
type: number
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds).
|
||
Only supported if cURL is installed, ignored otherwise.
|
||
@since 1.22
|
||
HTTPMaxTimeout:
|
||
default: 0
|
||
type: number
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The maximum HTTP request timeout in seconds. If any specified or configured
|
||
request timeout is larger than this, then this value will be used instead.
|
||
Zero is interpreted as "no limit".
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
HTTPMaxConnectTimeout:
|
||
default: 0
|
||
type: number
|
||
description: |-
|
||
The maximum HTTP connect timeout in seconds. If any specified or configured
|
||
connect timeout is larger than this, then this value will be used instead.
|
||
Zero is interpreted as "no limit".
|
||
@since 1.35
|
||
HTTPImportTimeout:
|
||
default: 25
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
|
||
@since 1.29
|
||
AsyncHTTPTimeout:
|
||
default: 25
|
||
description: 'Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.'
|
||
HTTPProxy:
|
||
default: ''
|
||
description: 'Proxy to use for CURL requests.'
|
||
LocalVirtualHosts:
|
||
default: { }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Local virtual hosts.
|
||
This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
|
||
It is expected that each domain can be identified by its hostname alone,
|
||
without any ports.
|
||
This affects the following:
|
||
- MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
|
||
subdomain thereof, then $wgLocalHTTPProxy will be used.
|
||
Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
|
||
the proxy if it is configured.
|
||
@since 1.25
|
||
LocalHTTPProxy:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type:
|
||
- string
|
||
- boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Reverse proxy to use for requests to domains in $wgLocalVirtualHosts
|
||
When used, any port in the request URL will be dropped. The behavior of
|
||
redirects and cookies is dependent upon the reverse proxy actually in use,
|
||
as MediaWiki doesn't implement any special handling for them.
|
||
If set to false, no reverse proxy will be used for local requests.
|
||
@since 1.38
|
||
AllowExternalReqID:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to respect/honour
|
||
- request ID provided by the incoming request via the `X-Request-Id`
|
||
- trace context provided by the incoming request via the `tracestate` and `traceparent`
|
||
Set to `true` if the entity sitting in front of MediaWiki sanitises external requests.
|
||
Default: `false`.
|
||
JobRunRate:
|
||
default: 1
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case jobs are
|
||
performed probabilistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done during ordinary
|
||
apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should be run in loop every
|
||
few seconds via a service or cron job. If using a cron job, be sure to handle the
|
||
case where the script is already running (e.g. via `/usr/bin/flock -n <lock_file>`).
|
||
If this is set to a non-zero number, then it is highly recommended that PHP run in
|
||
fastcgi mode (php_fpm). When using a standard Apache PHP handler (mod_php), it is
|
||
recommended that output_buffering and zlib.output_compression both be set to "Off",
|
||
allowing MediaWiki to install an unlimited size output buffer on the fly. Setting
|
||
output_buffering to an integer (e.g. 4096) or enabling zlib.output_compression can
|
||
cause user-visible slowness as background tasks execute during web requests.
|
||
Regardless of the web server engine in use, be sure to configure a sufficient number
|
||
processes/threads in order to avoid exhaustion (which will cause user-visible slowness).
|
||
RunJobsAsync:
|
||
default: false
|
||
description: |-
|
||
When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
|
||
to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
|
||
execution finishes.
|
||
@since 1.23
|
||
UpdateRowsPerJob:
|
||
default: 300
|
||
description: 'Number of rows to update per job'
|
||
UpdateRowsPerQuery:
|
||
default: 100
|
||
description: 'Number of rows to update per query'
|
||
RedirectOnLogin:
|
||
default: null
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
|
||
To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
|
||
VirtualRestConfig:
|
||
default:
|
||
paths: []
|
||
modules: []
|
||
global: { timeout: 360, forwardCookies: false, HTTPProxy: null }
|
||
mergeStrategy: array_plus_2d
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
|
||
Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
|
||
key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
|
||
- class : the fully qualified class name
|
||
- options : map of arguments to the class constructor
|
||
Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
|
||
singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
|
||
Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
|
||
$wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
|
||
'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
|
||
'options' => [
|
||
'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
|
||
'prefix' => 'enwiki',
|
||
'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
|
||
]
|
||
];
|
||
Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
|
||
which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
|
||
merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
|
||
VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
|
||
Example config for Parsoid:
|
||
$wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
|
||
'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
|
||
'prefix' => 'enwiki',
|
||
'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
|
||
];
|
||
@since 1.25
|
||
EventRelayerConfig:
|
||
default:
|
||
default: { class: Wikimedia\EventRelayer\EventRelayerNull }
|
||
type: object
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
|
||
By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
|
||
that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
|
||
cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listeners
|
||
can subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
|
||
can run on each CDN cache node and perform local purges based on the URL purge channel
|
||
events.
|
||
Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also
|
||
share the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overridden). They can use
|
||
EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
|
||
actual channels. One reason for this would be that some systems have very different
|
||
performance vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all
|
||
uses.
|
||
The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry
|
||
here.
|
||
@since 1.27
|
||
Pingback:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
|
||
When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
|
||
data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
|
||
PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
|
||
MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
|
||
For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
|
||
For the pingback privacy policy, see:
|
||
https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/MediaWiki_Pingback_Privacy_Statement
|
||
Aggregate pingback data is available at: https://pingback.wmflabs.org/
|
||
@since 1.28
|
||
OriginTrials:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Origin Trials tokens.
|
||
@since 1.33
|
||
ReportToExpiry:
|
||
default: 86400
|
||
type: integer
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Expiry of the endpoint definition for the Reporting API.
|
||
@unstable EXPERIMENTAL
|
||
@since 1.34
|
||
ReportToEndpoints:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of endpoints for the Reporting API.
|
||
@unstable EXPERIMENTAL
|
||
@since 1.34
|
||
FeaturePolicyReportOnly:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of Feature Policy Reporting types to enable.
|
||
Each entry is turned into a Feature-Policy-Report-Only header.
|
||
@unstable EXPERIMENTAL
|
||
@since 1.34
|
||
SkinsPreferred:
|
||
default:
|
||
- vector-2022
|
||
- vector
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of preferred skins to be listed higher in Special:Preferences
|
||
@since 1.38
|
||
SpecialContributeSkinsEnabled:
|
||
default: []
|
||
type: array
|
||
description: |-
|
||
List of skins that show a link to the Special:Contribute page
|
||
@since 1.40
|
||
EnableEditRecovery:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to enable the client-side edit recovery feature.
|
||
@unstable Temporary feature flag, T341844
|
||
@since 1.41
|
||
EditRecoveryExpiry:
|
||
default: 2592000
|
||
type: integer
|
||
description: 'Number of seconds to keep edit recovery data after the edit is stored.'
|
||
UseCodexSpecialBlock:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to use Codex in Special:Block form.
|
||
@unstable Temporary feature flag, T358153
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
ShowLogoutConfirmation:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to display a confirmation screen during user log out.
|
||
@unstable Temporary feature flag, T357484
|
||
@since 1.42
|
||
EnableProtectionIndicators:
|
||
default: false
|
||
type: boolean
|
||
description: |-
|
||
Whether to show indicators on a page when it is protected.
|
||
@since 1.43
|